Home

LISTSERV Maestro 2.0 User Manual - L

1. 74 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job nere ipee ted ira edet er dee ees E repete Ep ee ee rex 75 7 3 Running Test Reports eite ite ebbe egre ac 78 7 4 Scheduling Delivery of a Job een toe reete reper edd te A Ree tue ee eA eee ei eee 80 7 4 1 Scheduling Information for Normal JODS ooooononcccnonociconococonononnnononancnnnono nono no nr rr nennen nennen enne nennen 80 7 4 2 Advanced Scheduling Options iieri e eec eue och aeta da a a nean aes 81 7 4 3 About A to Repeat Jobs isnie E Lote Ed eddie ced de dae Eve onines 82 7 5 Authorizing Job for Delivery ect eder eee Ee ere dee Ue e d thee vue exo Lo ere ee eee ere vea tiers 85 7 5 1 Re authorizing Auto Repeat Jobs essecissesee deinen deett dei 86 Section 3 SIT To dem C 87 8 1 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures sseesee eene emen rn rra 89 Section 9 Delivered JobDs ritieni ri 90 9 1 Auto Repeat Sequences in the Delivered Jobs List ssssseeeeeeenn emnes 90 9 2 Delivered Jobs Sumrtmatry e e ta cee ea tt t p RE d dr He ue e ee ed 91 9 2 1 View Bounce Detalls 2 neret RM Ht RENTRER ERE OTT 92 9 3 Delivered Jobs Feports nre otc dee cR RE IR D I EHE 94 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports eeeeeeieseeeeeeeeeee cen 98 10 1 Tracking Repo ui A A tmd erts 98 10 1 1
2. 10 3 3 Change Result Settings The Change Result Settings screen allows the user to change specific options and as a result change the appearance of the report on the View page and change the data that is downloaded on the Download Report page Any changes made on the Change Result Settings screen do not change the actual report definition they are only temporary allowing the user to see different views and download different data To change the report permanently changes need to be entered on the Result Settings tab of the report definition page and then the changed report must be saved See Edit Report Create Report for more information For an events distribution report the following options can be selected e Result Calculation Defines how the results on the chart are calculated Total number of events Displays the total number of events counted per time interval For example if 123 events were counted for an interval the resulting line height for that interval would be 123 Percentage of total number of events Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if in one interval 150 events were counted the line height for that interval would be 5096 because 150 is 5096 of 300 Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not bounced at the time
3. 4 6 5 1 Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro can eliminate duplicate recipients from the Summary screen Click on the Define duplicate elimination button to initiate this function Duplicates can be removed based on one or more selected criteria To select more than one criterion for removing duplicates hold down the SHIFT key or the CTRL key and click on the columns desired 41 Figure 38 Eliminate Duplicates Elimination of Duplicate Recipients To avoid unnecessary and in most cases unwanted double messages to the same recipient use this page to remove duplicates from your recipient data Duplicate Elimination Options C Do not remove duplicates C Remove duplicates with the same e mail address Use my list of columns to determine duplicates Recipient Sample F NAME L NAME EMAIL ADDRESS MODEL NUM PET zoe Zimmerman z0e maestro demo soft com 9595 dog Yvette Yosel yvetteOmaestro demo lsoft com 8787 cat Xavier Xero XavierOmaestro demo lsoft com 5454 bird Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred maestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Vanna VonSchedule YVanna maestro demo lsoft com 8787 cat Ursula Underhill Ursula maestro demo lsoft com 5454 none Toby Tuttle Toby maestro demo lsoft com 5454 dog Seth Simpson SethOmaestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Ron Remmington Ron maestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Quod Quartermaster Quod maestro demo lsoft com 5454 none Cancel BP emoving duplicates from recipien
4. The following book borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM is overdue ELSE The following books borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM are overdue EB amp BOOK1 To avoid extra blank lines we only include the lines for o atlas looks 1 iles ave mote loilaimlk MENSES MO WU amp BOOK2 TEB BB amp BOOK3 z amp BOOK3 EB If conditional blocks are used in an HTML message first create the basic HTML message then go into the HTML Code and correctly insert the conditional statements making sure to maintain proper HTML syntax once the directives are followed The HTML page will now look incorrect because the directives are interpreted as part of the HTML source code It is important to test all possible conditional values in the testing stage see Section 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job to make sure that the HTML code works correctly in all cases Mail merge substitutions and conditional blocks are explained in more detail in the LISTSERV Developer s Guide 5 7 Using Merged Parameters within URLs URL parameters are specially constructed parts of a web address URL that allow a single URL to initiate various specific operations by passing particular instructions and data to the web server Parameters are text based instructions and data that are passed to a web server which passes them on to a script for example a Java Perl C C or a UNIX shell script The
5. ssssssesseeeeeenen eene nennen nnnm nennen 133 Figure 122 Changing User Password icon A idea eR eun deae terne ddnde ee encre 138 Figure 123 User Preferences nene eie ia 139 Figure 124 General Preferences ere eta Puer Ne EAR rta RE E A NER RE ERR Cer E n RE PA MR tan 139 Figure 125 Display Prefererices nce iia 140 Figure 126 Report Definition Preferences ooccooocccnnoccccconononononancnnnono conan cnn n nono nn anno nn nr en nennen nene enne en nene nennen enne 141 Figure 127 Plain Text Message with Conditional Blocks ene eene reme nnne 158 Figure 128 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message enne enne nennen nennen 159 Figure 129 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message emen ennemi enne 159 Conditional Content Settings for AOL sssssssseeseee ene eene nennen nenne enhn nennen entree nennen nnne 191 About This Manual Every effort has been made to ensure that this document is an accurate representation of the functionality of LISTSERV Maestro As with every software application development continues after the documentation has gone to press so small inconsistencies may occur We would appreciate any feedback on this manual Send comments via e mail to MANUALSOLSOFT COM The following documentation conventions have been used in this manual e Quotations from the screen will appear in italics enclosed within quotation marks e Clickable buttons will appear in bold e Clickable links wi
6. 194 Twenty Tips for Establishing a Successful E Mail Marketing Campaign v Build your list internally even if it takes time so the quality of your recipient list remains at a high level v Keep an accurate audit of how your company received permission to contact the subscribers of the lists some people forget they signed up to receive information v Make membership to your list valuable by offering deals that non members don t receive v Make sure that your company s name or product name is clearly stated in the domain name which appears in the Sender line of the e mail Y Use clearly stated words that describe what you want customers to respond to in both the Subject line and the body of your message Y Provide recipients with a clear way to contact you for more information including a staffed telephone number or e mail address v Provide subscribers with clear instructions of how to be removed from future mailings and make sure that your Privacy Policy is easily accessible Y Plan mailings for specific opportune times so subscribers are expecting your messages and are properly suited to respond v Personalize headers with recipients names and tailor messages that are ideally suited for different target segments v Choose software that is capable of performing as your lists grow scans outgoing messages for viruses and can measure the effectiveness of your campaign X Don t send messages to anyone who did
7. Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of the job the job will be sent Dec 17 2003 11 24 AM The job will run in an auto repeat sequence and will automatically authorize and deliver a copy of itself every 2 weeks after the first delivery until Dec 31 2004 12 01 PM Please define if the job shall be part of the same sequence as before or if it shall start a new sequence Continue as part of the same auto repeat sequence as before C Start a new auto repeat sequence with this job as the first job e The job is not the first job of the auto repeat sequence and has been changed since the delivery authorization was revoked This means that this job is already an automatically created copy that is part of an auto repeat sequence The delivery authorization of this job was revoked and then it was changed in some way When re authorized the job will create a new auto repeat sequence and it will no longer be part of the sequence it belonged to before the delivery authorization was revoked This happens because the job is no longer an exact copy of the previous jobs in its original sequence Instead it will be the first and still only job of a new auto repeat sequence Figure 74 Auto Repeat Authorization for a New Sequence Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of
8. For recipients uploaded as a text file and the option Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking chosen on the Recipients Details page in recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the option Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking chosen on the Recipients Details page in recipients wizard For recipients defined Based on Reaction to a Previous Job chosen on the Options page in recipients wizard as long as Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking is chosen on the Recipients Details page in recipients wizard For target groups based on nay of the above When anonymous tracking is used LISTSERV Maestro creates a profile for each individual mail recipient and stores this information in an internal or external database The creation of this profile takes place during the delivery of the mail as the job is being transferred to LISTSERV With a large recipient list the additional work of creating profile entries in the database will make the transfer to LISTSERV noticeably slower If general statistics are required without the need to trace events back to anonymous profiles use unique tracking instead because the processing time is much faster e Unique Tracking Records the number of times open up and click through events happen to unique recipients but is not associated with individual u
9. Table 7 Conditional Directives bb Begin a conditional block Must begin any block and must contain the i condition to be evaluated on the same line else Conditional else If the condition specified in bb evaluates false then 7 execute the code in this part of the block eb End conditional block Must be the last line of any block d Precedes comment lines A conditional block always starts with the BB directive followed by a condition on the same line The EB directive ends the conditional block Fields used in a condition are preceded by an ampersand amp but are not followed by a semicolon The syntax for a basic LISTSERV Maestro conditional block looks like this 154 bb condition to be evaluated text to be included when the condition is met eb The ELSE command is used to execute the code in the block if the condition is false Instead of not including any text if the condition is false a different text can be included For example if you wanted to add the recipient s name to the salutation of a message so the greeting starts with Dear fullname but not all of the recipient records have a name entered in the fullname field the use of a conditional block can ensure a salutation for all messages Those recipients that have a name in the fullname field condition is true would receive a message with their name inserted and those
10. The current content definition contains HTML with a plain text alternative Please define which content type shall be sent to which recipients C Disable conditional content Send multipart HTML with alternatives to all recipients Enable conditional content Send different contents depending on recipient settings e Send HTML content with a plain text alternative only to recipients that meet the following condition amp email type h e Send plain text content to all other recipients OK Cancel e HTML content with plain text alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content 52 Ifa recipient fulfills the condition the full HTML e mail including the plain text alternative is delivered to that recipient 2 If the recipient does not fulfill the condition a simple plain text e mail is delivered instead containing only the plain text alternative If attachments are present then LISTSERV Maestro adds the attachments to each of the messages without applying conditions 5 4 Adding Attachments Any type of file can be included as an attachment to an e mail message There is no limit to the number of files that can be attached to a message but there may be a limit to the size of each attachment set by the system administrator Large attachments or numerous attachments can slow down the delivery of the message and use up bandwidth Recipients with slower connections may h
11. Multi hobbies count The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags It will be replaced by the number of selections that each subscriber has made from the available choices of the profile field with the name FIELD_NAME If a subscriber has selected 3 different items from the list the number 3 will be dropped in the message body e Multiple Selection Field Enumerated The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD_NAME separated by SEPARATOR Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field Replace SEPARATOR with any string which must be enclosed in quotation marks This string will be used to separate the enumerated values if more than one choice has been made by the subscriber For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma is the desired separator character in the mail text the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by Additional optional parameters are available for this type of system drop in They include default CUSTOMIZED DEFAULT If a subscriber does not have any of the choices from the multiple selection list selected the drop in would normally be replaced with an empty str
12. Number Operands The following operators require both operand expressions to be of type number Addition operator sum of both operands Subtraction operator difference of both operands Multiplication operator product of both operands Integer Division operator integer quotient of both operands Modulo operator remainder of integer division of both operands Note In LISTSERV Maestro the division is strictly an integer division Any decimal places in the result are discarded they are not rounded off but simply ignored Operators for Text Operands The following operators require both operand expressions to be of type text Concatenation operator appends both operands The concatenation operator takes the two text operands and simply appends the text string on the right hand to the end of the text string on the left hand The result is two strings concatenated together The character is used both to denote the addition operator for number operands as well as the concatenation operator for text operands So if a appears anywhere in the formula LISTSERV Maestro must first determine if in this context the addition or the concatenation operator is meant It simply does so by looking at the operands If both operands are of type number then the is interpreted as the addition operator and the result will be of type number too If at least one of the
13. System generated headers and headers uploaded from a file can be edited to be more meaningful if they will be used for mail merge and tracking on the Recipients Details screen Click Next gt to continue Editing headers within LISTSERV Maestro will in no way change the original file 4 5 4 Recipients Details Once LISTSERV Maestro can successfully separate the recipient data into columns or otherwise quantify the data the next steps are to define the column that identifies the e mail address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if desired The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 4 5 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk e mail If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option button is selected columns from the text file can be used in the e mail message to create personalized content These columns 31 can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail option button is selected any additional columns that were upload
14. The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the option button next to Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database located under the heading Define recipients Click Next gt to continue Figure 39 Options for Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source Cancel Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File Select Recipients from a Database Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 7 2 Source If LISTSERV is connected to multiple databases enter the server name defined in LISTSERV s configuration in the Database Server text box on the Source screen Enter the SQL statement selecting the recipients in the SQL Statement text box Click Next gt to continue Figure 40 Define Recipients from LISTSERV Connected Database Define Recipients Options Source Cancel lt Back WERE Recipients Source Let LISTSERY select recipients from a database Specify the SQL Statement that will be executed by LISTSERV to retrieve the recipients for the e mail job Database Server optio
15. in the Netscape installation folder Something similar to netscape plugins e Create a symbolic link to the Java plugin shared library so of the Java 1 4 JRE that was installed previously called libjavaplugin_oji so computer netscape plugins ln s JRE_HOME plugin i386 ns610 libjavaplugin_oji so lsiogjevejolugjia 91 s SO replace JRE_HOME with the path into which the Java 1 4 JRE was installed e Inthe Netscape browser verify that the Java plugin is installed correctly by opening the Help menu select About Plug Ins On the page that opens scroll down to look for a section with the title Java TM Plug in 1 4 xxx The enabled state of the entries in this section should be marked with Yes in the rightmost column For more information about the Java plug in see the documentation provided by Sun For more information about how to administer plug ins in Netscape or Mozilla see the documentation for the these browsers To use an existing installation of a Java 1 4 JRE simply proceed as described above leaving out the download and installation steps for the JRE 193 To use an existing installation of a Java 1 4 SDK proceed as described above leaving out the download and installation steps for the JRE and when creating the symbolic link use the following as the path of the file to link to SDK_HOME jre plugin i386 ns610 libjavaplugin_oji so
16. For example to select recipients from certain cities as recipients the recipient target group may appear as a drop down menu listing all the cities in the database Simply select the city or cities from the drop down menu and all recipients associated with those cities in the data source will be used in the recipient definition 13 Figure 10 Drop Down Menu Recipient target group Define Recipients options Source Source Details lt Back Next gt Input Values for Target Group Parameters Enter values for all parameters of the selected target group City Select y This is an example of a drop down menu style target group Select the city or cities from the menu The recipients will be pulled from the database based on the city or cities selected Figure 11 Multiple Parameters Recipient target group Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Input Values for Target Group Parameters Enter values for all parameters of the selected target group State select one or more Age between es and as HTML M Check which type s of recipients to include Text You must select at least one of HTML or text otherwise no recipients will be selected There can be more than one parameter on the Source Details page so be sure to scroll down the page to make sure all values have been
17. Return Type Number Arguments argl Type Number The first argument to find the minimum of arg2 Type Number The second argument to find the minimum of Further arguments are optional arg3 Type Number The third argument to find the minimum of argN Type Number The N argument to find the minimum of Examples Min 13 2 Min 17 amp VALUE 4 17 Pow Pow base exp Function Returns the value of the first argument raised to the power of the second argument Return Type Number Arguments base Type Number The base argument exp Type Number The exponent argument Examples Pow 2 8 Pow amp BASE amp EXPONENT 178 Random Function Returns a pseudo random number in a Return Type range specified by the argument Number Random thre shold No argument given The range is from 0 to the largest possible number value One argument given The range is from 0 to the value of the given argument minus one i e 0 to arg 1 Arguments The argument is optional threshold Type Number The threshold value for the random number The random number will range from 0 to threshold 1 Examples Random Random 6 Random amp MAX RANDOM Random amp VALUE 17
18. lt i gt Paragraph lt p gt Small lt small gt Strong lt strong gt Superscript lt sup gt Subscript lt sub gt Underline lt u gt 190 AOL and Conditional Content In the event that recipient data is available that somehow determines the format each recipient prefers to receive that data can be used to send the preferred format to each recipient all within the same job This determination is based upon a conditional statement run against the recipient data The advantage of using conditional content is it is possible to prepare a single job for recipients who prefer HTML and those who prefer plain text respecting each recipient s choices as well as saving time and reducing the chance for errors while sending multiple jobs In order to use the Conditional Content feature it must first be enabled To enable conditional content click on the Change link that appears directly under the tabs of the text box on the Define Content screen when HTML content with alternatives is selected see Figure 43 The Conditional Content Settings screen opens Select the option button next to Enable conditional content Once enabled it is necessary to type in the condition that determines which recipients receive which type of mail LISTSERV Maestro uses the standard LISTSERV syntax to create the condition See Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks for more information on constructing conditions The condition needs to incl
19. please visit http library example com mylibrary kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk In an HTML message the HTML Code would be altered to include the merge fields being careful to respect the resulting HTML source code In an HTML message with alternative text or alternative AOL remember to put the merge fields in both the HTML Code and the alternative messages 5 6 2 Conditional Blocks Conditional blocks act much the same way that merge fields do in that their use is dependent upon the recipient data available in the mail job Judicious use of conditional blocks can also save time and resources by allowing one job to contain different content for different recipients that would otherwise have to be sent in multiple jobs Conditional blocks are sections of text that are inserted into a message based on a conditional statement If the condition is true a particular section of text will be inserted into the message If the condition is false the text will not be inserted An ELSE clause can be included as part of the conditional statement so that a different section of text will be inserted into the message when the condition is false For more information on coding conditional blocks see Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks 56 Figure 54 Conditional Block Example 0 It BOOKA is blank them use tae singular phrasing SIEHE G EYOYOIR UA uw
20. 5 4 Adding Attachments seeded eee ede tete etes 53 5 5 Setting the Language Character timida e RED does 53 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional BlOCKS ooonnoccccononicinnnocannnoncccnonancnn nono tett nn nnc canon emm nenen rra nemen 55 5 0 1 Merge Fleitas 55 5 0 2 Conditional Blocks 4 Assane il eee Lg aue pP aipa cde inte ptas cese 56 5 7 Using Merged Parameters within URLS essssseessse ene eene nennen enhn ennt nenne enne nnns 57 51 1 URE 6nCoding Of Parameters 2 oar oto etre ttr hans sees ag ae Dee pevbactestesatd beoe ee egredi o poen 60 Section O Trackin me L M 61 6 1 Defining TRACKING ERREUR TI TE 62 6 2 Switching Trackinig On c E 62 6 3 Tracking Delaj S D a ae 62 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URELS 1 iter eoru od 63 6 3 2 ADOULINK AlaSes iate asocia anaconda iria acia 66 6 4 Type Of Tracking iia IA A te geo 67 625 Type Dell iii tica 70 6 0 SUMMALY iii 72 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options cs ccsessseeesseeesseeeeeeeenseeseseeenseesneeaenseeseseesaseaeaeeesaseeeaseesseeeaseaeaseeeaseaeases 73 7 1 DEMO Sii A a eens venetian lace Aenea 73 7 1 1 Using Merge Fields in the Sender Information oooononccnnnnoccnnnonccononannno nono ncnano nono nnnn nn enm eee nennen 73 7 1 2 Bo nce Handlirig x iiiter to a is eet es 74 7 1 3 Advanced Sender Information Settings sssssssses eene eene een enemies 74 PAA NIIT
21. Alternatively they can request that their message be sent to all subscribers regardless of the subscribers topic selections If no topic designation is made when sending a message to the list that message falls in the Other topic and is sent only to those subscribers who have selected the Other topic 16 For example a large list could have the general subject of Insects of North America Topics could be defined by type of insect by geographical region or by areas of research For more information on Topics see the LISTSERV List Owner s Manual When topics are defined for the list selected in the recipients wizard there are three ways to send the message e Send only to subscribers with the following topics The message will be sent to only to those list subscribers that selected any of the checked list topics e All subscribers ignore topics The message will be sent to all list subscribers regardless of their topic selections This is the same as selecting all topics and Other e Send to subscribers with no topics or with OTHER topic The message will be sent to all list subscribers that have selected the OTHER topic Figure 14 Source Details for LISTSERV List Topics Define Recipients Options Source Source Details lt Back Next gt Source Details Use this page to specify the details about the list subscribers that shall receive the mail The selected LISTSE
22. Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary CS Cancel lt Back Finish Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Recipients File Source File Name subscribers listserv widgets txt Upload Date Time Aug 11 2004 04 57 55 PM Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL Name Column FNAME Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Validation Results Valid recipients will be used for delivery 34 download Recipients with errors ignored during delivery O Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Define Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates FNAME ADDRESS ADDRESS1 CITY STATE TEXTMSG Anna maestro demoa lsoft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 AnnaKOmaestro demo lsoft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Bob maestro demo lsoft com Bob Bouchard 1313 Mocking Bird Ln Baltimore Maryland 21203 T 1984 kate maestro dema lsoft com Kate Kurpatick 23 Eastway Rd Brookeville MD 20833 T 1965 Darren maestro dema lsoft com Darren Donagel 6410 Elliot Place Miami Florida 33018 T 1967 Evelyn maestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong 1407 Ruatan St SanJose California 95109 F 1966 InesiQmaestro demo Isoft com Ines Ito 360 Boyd Hall Room 551 New York New York 10240 F 1962 Jocelyne maestro dema lsoft com Jocely
23. For example the server at host domain will receive the correct visitorID usr15 and page home parameters for other recipients the visitorID would have different values 5 7 1 URL encoding of Parameters URL parameters may only contain characters that are safe to use in a URL Some characters are not safe to use other characters have a reserved meaning for example the ampersand 8 which has the special meaning of separating two parameters Therefore all characters that are not valid for use in a URL parameter value must be URL encoded URL encoding is a standard that encodes unsafe characters into safe characters When using field merging in URL parameters there are two options to ensure that all parameters are URL safe e Make sure that the values of all merge fields that are used of all recipients are actually URL safe For example if all recipient IDs only contain alphanumeric characters the ID values are already URL safe because alphanumeric characters are by definition URL safe It is important to know how recipient IDs are generated by a registration script for example in order to know if they are indeed URL safe e Ifthe possibility exists that all merge values are not be URL safe then use the special LISTSERV function s URLENCODE to make them so Simply enclose the merge field in the URL in the parenthesis of this function In the example if there were any doubt that the
24. Source screen is presented It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Source screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 4 3 Source Details The Source Details screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Source Details screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 4 4 Recipients Details The Recipients Details screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied Some recipient definitions do not use a Recipients Details screen It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Recipients Details screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 4 5 Summary The Summary screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied 4 5 Upload a Recipients Text File Recipients can be added to LISTSERV Maestro by uploading a text file Text files can be formatted as plain text with the extension TXT or as a comma separated values file with the extension CSV For information on how to format text files see Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files 26 4 5 1 Options The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the option button Upload a R
25. Total Number of Bounced Messages This figure shows the number of messages that were detected as bounces at the time the report is executed Click Next gt to continue On the next screen in the wizard Job select the e mail job or jobs to report on Only jobs for which the chosen event type is possible will be listed For example if only Open Up events were selected on the previous page then only jobs with open up tracking enabled will be displayed Check the boxes next to the job or jobs to include in the data source It is possible to combine data from different jobs into one report from this screen Different jobs can be combined into one data source or they can each have their own data sources depending on what the report is set up to compare To combine data sources from different jobs check the boxes for the desired jobs listed under the Job ID column The data from each selected job is aggregated and produces one line or bar on the graph For example to produce a report that shows the total number of click through events for three jobs first select click through events on the Type screen Next select each of the three jobs from the Jobs screen From the Links screen select all the click through links contained in the job and on the General screen type in a name for the data source and a color for the line or bar All of the click through events from the three jobs would be added together and pro
26. account holder does not have permission to execute that particular step of the job Permission to execute certain steps in an e mail job is granted by the job owner or by the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator when the user s account was set up For more information on team collaboration see Section 3 5 Team Collaboration For more information on individual user account privileges see Section 9 in the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Manual 3 4 Using the Summary Diagram The Summary diagram has all of the same functionality as the Workflow diagram but the information is presented in a different manner The Summary diagram is most helpful in reviewing and editing aspects of an e mail job once they have been defined It is possible to delete the current job and to authorize the delivery of a job from the Summary diagram Toggle between the Summary diagram the Workflow diagram and Test Reports by using the tabs near the top Individual account holders may set a personal preference in the User Settings that will open the Summary diagram first when entering the Job Details screen instead of the Workflow diagram Figure 5 Summary Diagram from the Job Details Screen Job Details Authorize Delivery Delete Job Workflow Summary Test Reports Toggle between Workflow Summary and Test Reports To change thertetatsa eturrent job click on the corresponding Edit link Job Edit Job ID 040709C Job Title Recall from text file on s
27. amp MAX SubscribeTimeMillis Function Returns the time at the Return Type l l A subscriber subscribed to the hosted Number SubscribeTimeMillis recipient list referenced by the target group in whose context the formula is used represented in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT Restriction Can only be used in formulas in the condition tree of a Hosted Recipient List target group or in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group Will not be accepted in formulas for a different recipient type Arguments None Examples SubscribeTimeMillis 179 Substring Function Returns a text substring that has been Return Type extracted from the given original text string according Text Substring or to the other argument s specified iginaltext startindex The substring begins with the character in originaltext at the position specified If no endindex endindex is given the substring extends to the end of the original string If endindex is given the substring extends to the character at position endindex 1 Le the character at endindex is the first character that is not part of the substring Note all indices are zero based e the index of the last character in the original string is at the position length of original string minus 1 by startindex
28. another shortcut Remove All will appear Clicking that will unregister all links from tracking Click Next gt to continue or Define Tracking URLs to define click through URLs 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs This page defines the links in the e mail message that are to be tracked LISTSERV Maestro is able to track all Internet links that have a URL starting with the http or the https protocol LISTSERV Maestro is able to track image map links as well as form submission links The page is divided into four separate frames e Top Frame Contains several general options 2 Highlight tracked links Select this option button to highlight tracked links Due to the nature of image maps links selected for tracking within them will not be highlighted 2 Do not highlight tracked links Select this option button to turn highlighting tracked links off Show HTML page Click this link to show the HTML message in the center frame Show alternative text Click this link to show the alternative text of a message in the center frame 63 OK Click the OK button to save all the tracking selections and return to the Tracking Details screen Cancel Click this button to discard any tracking selections and return to the Tracking Details screen e Main Center Frame Displays the body of the e mail message All trackable links in the message body either text links or image links are clickable When
29. delivery test and schedule delivery a job may be authorized for delivery The job owner always has permission to authorize a job as do any other team members that have been granted permission Figure 72 Authorizing Delivery Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of the job the job will be sent Immediately Authorize Delivery Now Cancel Job Summary Sender E mail Address manager widgets com Sender Name Dorothy Reply To Address Bounce Handling handled by LISTSERV gt Recipients Recipients Type Let LISTSERV retrieve recipients from a database Database Server default SQL Statement select Content Subject Recall of Widget 5454 Mail Type HTML Details Alternatives Text Format List of Attachments no attachments Tracking Open Up Tracking ON Click Through Tracking ON Tracking Type Unique The summary screen lists all the selections that make up the e mail job Above the Authorize Delivery Now and Cancel buttons at the top of the Authorize Delivery screen a message will appear summarizing the selections made for the delivery If this is an auto repeat job the auto repeat sequence time delay will be listed as well as other notes on the screen Normal jobs will have a shorter message summarizing the delivery schedule 85 Clicking Authorize Delivery Now will do exactly that and the job will be sent immed
30. e Add Data Source Opens the data source wizard a series of screens that leads the user through the process of creating or editing a data source There are five screens that comprise the data source wizard e Type Defines the type of event to report on e Jobs Defines which job or jobs those events are from e Links Defines which URLs to include from click through events e General Defines the color for the data source e Summary Displays a summary of the selections for the newly defined data source The first screen Type of the wizard defines the Data Source Type Select the type of tracking event Open Up or Click Through Alternatively select one of the three Sent Messages and Bounce Count Statistics options to be the data source type 101 Figure 88 Data Source Type Report Data Source Definition Type Cancel zra Were Data Source Type Tracking Events Select the event types to include in the data source Open Up Events Click Through Events C Sent Messages and Bounce Count Statistics Select the type of mail count statistics to include in the data source Total Number of Sent Messages This figure includes all sent messages regardless of whether the mail bounced or not Total Number of Unbounced Messages This figure shows the number of sent messages minus the number of messages that were detected as bounces at the time the report is executed
31. message about the detected virus will be visible when clicking on the job to view the job details From there the job can either be re opened to change the content to get rid of the virus and sent again or closed and remain in the list of delivered jobs as a failed job 8 1 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures If delivery of an auto repeat job fails for any reason the failure is handled differently than with normal jobs A normal job that fails remains in the Outbox and is marked as failed From there the job can be closed transferring it to the list of delivered jobs Alternatively delivery can be retried or the job can be re opened for editing A failed auto repeat job is marked failed as usual but it is automatically closed and transferred to the list of delivered jobs just as if it had been manually closed as a failed normal job If the end condition for the auto repeat has not yet been met a new copy is created and authorized for delivery after the corresponding delay interval just as if the delivery of the previous job had not failed As a result if at a given delivery time some condition that causes failure exists perhaps outside of LISTSERV Maestro such as the inaccessibility of a database then only this auto repeat instance will fail The next auto repeat instance will be created and authorized normally and will proceed to be delivered at its scheduled delivery time If the condition that caused the first failure still exi
32. recipient Formulas can be used to calculate drop in content based on existing recipient data to determine a birth date a subscription date a bank balance and much more For more information on how to write formulas for system drop ins see Appendix G Calculation Formulas There are many other advanced methods of creating personalize messages based on hosted recipient data using these tools For more information and detailed examples see Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins 11 3 Changing User Password Click the Change Password link to open the Change Password screen Enter the old password first and then type in the new password twice for confirmation Click OK to save the new password and return to the User Settings Page Permission to change an account password is set by the system administrator If this right is not given user accounts will not have permission to change their passwords Figure 122 Changing User Password Change Password Enter your old password then enter the new password twice Click OK to save the new password Username beth Old Password New Password Confirm Password _oK Cancel 11 4 Setting User Preferences Each account can set individual application preferences by clicking the Preferences link Preferences fall into three categories interface preferences job part preferences and report definition preferences Preferences serve as default settings for new jobs so that in
33. the report is executed For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 messages bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if in one interval 150 events were counted the line height for that interval would be 60 because 150 is 60 of 300 112 e Interval Size Events are counted as occurring within a certain amount of time This amount of time is referred to as an interval Intervals can be set as hours days or weeks e Result Accumulation Defines whether the values accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Each interval s events are counted and plotted for only that time period The resulting line on the chart displays as a series of peaks and valleys Accumulate interval values Each interval s events are counted and plotted adding to the previous interval s events until the end of the report period The resulting line on the chart displays as ever increasing The incline will become less steep over time until it plateaus into more or less a straight line once recipients no longer trigger events Figure 99 Change View Settings Report Tracking data for listing Change View Settings for Report Report of type Event Distribution over the Time Period To modify the display of the report and the format of the downloaded results change the settings below and click on the Execute button Result Calculation Defines how the result shown on the Y axis of the chart i
34. 040712D Halloween sale HTML Oct 1 2004 12 00 00 PM Y delivered n jobs in the 0407114 Monthly HR meeting HTML Sep 1 2004 01 30 00 AM x sequence It should be noted that a job might be processed successfully but still fail to be delivered The processing state only describes the success or failure of the act of transferring the job to LISTSERV If LISTSERV fails to deliver the job no messages will be sent but the job will still be in the successful state inside of LISTSERV Maestro For example if a job is sent to a LISTSERV list with the Standard list submit option and using a sender address that is not authorized to post to the list the job will be successful but LISTSERV sends an error message to the non authorized e mail address and no messages to recipients are actually delivered Tip If a user suspects that a job that is shown as successful was actually never sent for example because recipients report that they never got the message then L Soft recommends that the system administrator check the LISTSERV logs to find out what happened to the job 9 2 Delivered Jobs Summary The Summary tab of the Delivered Jobs Details screen displays information about the delivered job Click on the View link adjacent to a property to see more information on that particular property Two additional links are available here one to update the bounce count and one to view bounce details See Section 9 2 1 View Bounce Details
35. 1 New York male robert somewhere com 1 Washington female debby somewhere com 1 Washington male frank somewhere com 1 This table means that each of these recipients has generated one event of the type being counted by the data source The sort order is apparent after first second and third columns Now if the EMAIL column is omitted the result would be CITY GENDER COUNT New York female 1 New York male 2 Washington female 1 Washington male 1 John and Robert from New York which differed only in their e mail addresses are now aggregated into the profile male from New York and there are now two events shown as coming from recipients that match this profile one from John and one from Robert If the GENDER column is omitted as well the result would be CITY COUNT New York 3 Washington 2 The resulting data table shows that three events were counted that fit the New York profile and two events were counted that fit the Washington profile Click the Use for new job link at the bottom right of the screen to create a new job with a recipients list where each recipient that triggered one of the events counted by the selected data source would have an entry This would be the same as selecting all columns in alphabetical order but not the COUNT column downloading that report and then uploading it as the recipients list of a newly created job The link takes the user to the Start New Job screen where it is only neces
36. 220 In comparison ISO 8859 7 mapping the Greek alphabet has the Greek letters A b and at the same positions The following charsets from the ISO 8859 family are currently supported by LISTSERV Maestro e 150 8859 1 Latin 1 West European e 150 8859 2 Latin 2 East European e 150 8859 3 Latin 3 South European e 150 8859 4 Latin 4 North European e 150 8859 5 Cyrillic e 150 8859 6 Arabic e 150 8859 7 Greek e 150 8859 8 Hebrew 145 e 150 8859 9 Latin 5 Turkish e 150 8859 15 Latin 9 West European update of Latin 1 with some French and Finnish letters that were omitted in Latin 1 plus the Euro currency symbol instead of the international currency symbol a e UTF 8 International Unicode encoded in UTF 8 format Unicode is a very large charset with room for almost all characters of many different languages of the world even the many Asian characters The 8 bit range of 0 255 is not enough to accomodate all letters from even the European languages at once therefore there is a need for more than a dozen different members of the ISO 8859 family Also 8 bit charsets do not take into account the other major language groups of the world such as Asian languages To address the limitations of 8 bit charsets recently the 16 bit charset Unicode with a range for 65536 characters has become more and more widespread This charset contains more or less all letters and characters from the most widely used languag
37. 7 1 Downloading the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In sse emen 124 10 7 2 Installing the LISTSERV Maestro Add In into Excel sssssssssssseeeeenerener nennen 125 10 7 3 Using the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In oococcococcccocccccononanonono nono noc nc nano nc eene nennen nennen nennen 126 10 7 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In ooooooccconoccccnnnoocnncnonananonono conan nnnrnnnn nn nennen nennen 128 Section 11 User Setting ao 129 11 1 Managing Sender Profiles cc ad e une de ete aio 130 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements ocoooncccnnncocccnoccncnanancnn nono nonnnonnncnnnno enne enn 131 1 1 2 1 System Drop ins ii ica 133 11 3 Changing User Passwotd 1er reri enirn E Senden n 138 11 4 Setting User Preferentes isnin airna eee eric ire tei eene dete one EX eene idee De epe e Ree une de ete ER eene 138 ICIGECEDRMETIUC 142 Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetn eee nnn nennen nenne nnn nnnm nnns nnns 144 Appendix B E mail and International Character Sets sees nennen nennen nennen nnne n nennen 145 LISTSERV Maestro and International Character Sets sssssssseeeeene eene nennen enne 146 Merging Fields with International Character Sets sssseseseeeene enne enne nennen nnns 147 In
38. 70 Scheduling Delivery Schedule Delivery Supply Scheduling Information Time entered uses the 24 hour format 08 00 would be 8 00 AM C Deliver immediately when authorized Deliver at the following time 20 00 would be 8 00 PM Date Lge Time hh mm Click to schedule Advanced scheduling options are disable auto repeating jobs Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone En Time zones Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically accessible here OK Cancel Click OK to continue Jobs scheduled for future sending will be available in the Outbox It is possible to edit jobs in the Outbox up until the delivery time If a job is changed test messages must be resent and final approval will have to occur again before the job can be re authorized 7 4 2 Advanced Scheduling Options In addition to the basic scheduling options described in Section 7 4 1 there are also advanced options available for defining the delivery schedule The advanced options are disabled by default The Click to enable link expands the Schedule Delivery screen If you want to disable the advanced options later use the Click to disable link that appears when the advanced options screen is exposed The advanced options are enabled or disabled on a per job basis The advanced options available are e Deliver only once Do not auto repeat With this option the job
39. 89 z Number format of your Locale 1 234 567 89 1 234 567 89 Cancel 1234 567 89 1 234 567 89 1234 567 89 e Display Preferences For some of the pages that have tabs to switch between active screens select the tab that will be at the front active when the page is initially opened from the drop down menus 139 Figure 125 Display Preferences Display Preferences On this page you can set your individual display preferences Default displayed tabs Resume Job Page Workflow y Workflo m 4 Edit HTML Content Page View HTML Content Page HTML Cancel Job Definition Set the preferences for defining a new job including the default Job ID Prefix and the default Team Collaboration settings Recipients Definition Select the default recipient type for new jobs from the drop down menu Content Definition Select the default content type Plain Text or HTML as well as the default character set encoding from the drop down menus Elect to have HTML messages default to having alternative text or not using the options buttons Tracking Definition Use the option buttons to select whether tracking will be on or off for new jobs Delivery Test Definition Enter a default test line for all new outgoing delivery tests Schedule Definition Select the default delivery type and the default time zone from the drop down menus for new jobs Repor
40. Adding a D ta Source ar 100 10 1 2 Result Settings oet eo e itio ode fe tei e ee ined Pe ee 105 10 2 Exec ting REPOS tare 2t itecto ett tia 109 10S Event Distibution REDOrt toe roii eC eS a 110 10 3 1 Viewing Event Distribution Reports sssssseseene nennen emen nnne nennen erre en nennen 110 10 3 2 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data ssssssseee ene nennen nennen 112 10 3 3 Change Result Settings tetto art 112 10 3 4 Edit Report Create Report edepol il 113 10 4 Sum of Events Report eiecit ient ataca kii 114 10A MT E 114 10 42 D wnloa d 115 10 4 3 Change Result Settings rie e a Doe 116 10 44 Edit RE DOM ssie PRA e O O O RAA Erino enata EA eii pii deka erao kabe esana kiida SEENA 118 10 5 Recipients Details Feports 0 e a At id 118 10 5 1 Downloading Recipients Details Report Data ssssssseeee eene eene nennen 119 10 5 2 Edit Report Create Report with This as Template sssssesseeee eene eren 122 10 6 Event Details Report cei e egre deb eee ii 122 10 6 1 Download in Events Details Report Data ooooocccnnnnccnnnoccccnonoccconononcnnnonnncnnnonnnn nono eene nennen nennen 122 10 6 2 Edit Report Create Report with This as Template ssssseseeeeeeeneeem mene 124 10 7 Using the Excel Add In 4n aia aa is Heec tee Penser 124 10
41. Arguments originaltext Type Text The original text string from which the substring will be extracted startindex Type Number The beginning index inclusive zero based The third argument is optional endindex Type Number The ending index exclusive zero based Examples Substring original text 5 Substring original 3 3 amp VALUE 180 ToDate ToDate dateva lue formatpattern localename langcode countrycode Function Returns a formatted representation of a numerical date time value The formatted representation is usually returned as text but may also be returned as a number if applicable The format that is used to create the representation is specified with the given format argument Note For formatting purposes LISTSERV Maestro uses the U S locale and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running by default Locale text like weekday names names of months etc will be formatted using the U S locale Similarly times will be formatted using the server s time zone To specify a different locale use the optional parameter localename to choose a predefined locale or with the optional parameters 1angcode and countrycode to specify your own locale See Time and Date Patterns for details Return Type Usually Text However may be Number if the result can be e
42. C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File C Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 1 2 Source The Source screen for Send to a Recipient target group contains listing all of the available target groups Target groups may be placed within categories by the data administrator for organizational purposes Use the drop down menu to select a category if appropriate Once the category is selected the target groups listed in the table will change to list only those in that category To select a target group to use for the recipients list click on the name of the target group The Source screen will confirm the selection If the selection is correct click the Next gt button To change the target group click the link Select Different Target Group which will re open the first source screen 12 Figure 9 Source Screen for Recipient target groups Define Recipients Options Source Cancel Source Information about the currently selected recipients target group Select a target group category then select a target group by clicking on the name in the list below Category No Category gt z Use the drop down menu to select a Mail Type category Description Recipients preference of mail type HTML or plain text Appear
43. Cancel lt Back Finish Data Source Summary You have specified the following data source properties General Name Click Through Logo Color Em Event Types The data source will report Click Through events Jobs Date Time of Sending NEWS 0208094 October Widget Company Newsletter Aug 15 2002 12 12 00 PM NEWS 0208084 Widget Company September Newsletter Aug 9 2002 11 12 21 AM D208054 Widget Company August Newsletter Aug 5 2002 11 51 19 AM Links advanced order http www Isoft com sneak peak http www Isoft com 10 1 2 Result Settings The third tab of the Define Reports screen is Result Settings Select the type of report to generate as well as how the report data will be displayed There are four basic types of report listed under Result Type The type of report selected will determine the other options that appear in the lower half of the screen Some report types will have many other options to choose and other report types will have no additional options to select 10 1 2 1 Result Settings for Event Distribution over Time The Event distribution over time Result Type produces a simple line graph showing number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and events are charted on the y axis Options available for this report type include 105 Result Calculation Defines how the number of events is calculated There a
44. Columns are enclosed by other zl Specify the language that the file is encoded with Character Encoding west European ISO 1 Let the system try again Header Row Yes the first row in the file contains the headers No the file does not have a header row Preview Name Email Product Model_num City Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com coffee master Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com espresso press Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com mrtea New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com coffee master New York NY Wanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com espresso press Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com mrtea Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com mr tea Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com coffee master Buffalo NY Ron Remmington Ron server company com coffee master New Haven CT Refresh Preview LISTSERV Maestro has four selections for choosing separator characters e Tab M e Comma e Semicolon e Other if this is chosen type the character into the adjacent box 30 Columns can be defined as not enclosed by a quote character or select the quote character from three choices e Double Quotes e Apostrophe e Other if this is chosen type the character into the adjacent box In addition to interpreting the separator character and the quote character LISTSERV Maestro will select the
45. Events Percentage esssseeee eee 97 Figure 84 Tracking Reports cerei ae 99 Figure 85 Define Report Top Part of Screen ssssssssssssseeesse eene enne en nennen nnne nen nnne enne nnns 99 Figure 86 Define Report General Settings ooonnononcccn nocicononacnnononoconanonn nc nono nnn nan n eene nrren nennen nennen 100 Figure 87 Define Report Data Sources need rms 101 Figure 88 Data Source Type E EEE E E E RRA RR ets nn sisi s nter nsns sn sn nnne 102 Figure 89 Data Source Jobs i ee ipee i i Sag vate ees ia 103 Figure 90 Data Source Links ertet ter Ret RR Nt ERAI Rr HEP Aaa a PME e Rea E aeree nee RR PAR nno 104 Figure 91 Data Source General Properties ooooooncconococcnnnoconononancnnnononcnnno conc nono cnn ran nennen ene nenrennnrree nennen nennen 104 Figure 92 Data Source Summary e eee iaaa aa adea rareta A aee eene eene nne nen aanere eieae inneren etri enne en nere enne enne 105 Figure 93 Result Settings Event Distribution over Time ssseseeeen eene ener 107 Figure 94 Result Settings Sum of Events sse nennen ennemi nennen enne en nene rennen enne 108 Figure 95 Result Settings Recipient Details nemen mme en nennen nennen 109 Figure 96 Result Settings Event Details seeeeeecieeeciee ee eieeee entier chen nrn enne tnn ned ai tranne Ere kate 109 Figure 97 Events Distributed Over Time Report Var
46. ID merge field s values were URL safe the sample URL could be written like this http host domain path visitorID amp URLENCODE amp ID amp page home The function s URLENCODE amp ID tells LISTSERV to retrieve the value of the 51D merge field then apply the s URLENCODE function to it that is to encode all unsafe characters and then merge in the result in place of the whole amp URLENCODE amp ID string e Important The parameter name ref is a reserved name that is used by LISTSERV Maestro to transfer the tracking information to the Maestro Tracker component seen in the example above Therefore ref cannot be used in any parameters if there are also merge fields in the same URL If a URL appeared as http host domain path ref amp ID The tracking URL generated from it for the user with ID usr15 would look something like this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp ref usr15 This URL contains two parameters with the name ref One comes from the original URL while LISTSERV Maestro added the other These two parameters with the same name would 60 confuse the Maestro Tracker component Therefore a parameter called ref must never be used if there are merge fields used in the URL If merge fields are not being used in the parameter list of the URL then LISTSERV Maestro
47. OSF 1 UNIX and the X device are registered trademarks of The Open Group in the United State and other countries Digital Alpha AXP AXP Digital UNIX OpenVMS HP and HP UX are trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company in the United States and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Sun Solaris SunOS and PMDF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States and other countries IRIX is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics Inc in the United States and other countries Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks both marked and not marked are the property of their respective owners This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http oss software ibm com icu4j This product includes code licensed from RSA Security Inc Manuals for LISTSERV are available in ASCII text format from LISTSERV and in PDF format from ftp Isoft com They are also available on the World Wide Web at the following URL URL http www Isoft com manuals index html L Soft invites comment on its manuals Please feel free to send your comments by e mail to MANUALS LSOFT COM Content
48. Report button to create a new report Clicking the New Report button or the Edit link will open the Define Report screen There are four top buttons and a text box to type in a report title e Copy Settings Copies settings from a previously generated report to the new report e Save amp Execute Saves the report and executes the collection of the selected data A graph or table is produced based on the settings e OK Saves any selections or entered information such as a title e Cancel Cancels any settings or entered information Figure 85 Define Report Top Part of Screen Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute OK Cancel Title Below the buttons is a tabbed table Click on the tabs to toggle between the sections e General Settings Defines the time period of the report including time zone and team collaboration settings e Data Sources Opens the data source wizard a series of screens that leads the user through the process of creating new data sources e Result Settings Defines the type of report and how the data from the job is displayed 99 Figure 86 Define Report General Settings General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Report Period Automatic Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events C Defined Period From To Format mm dd yyyy hh mm
49. Source LISTSERV Maestro has the ability to communicate directly with a database over a network This is achieved by using database plugins Database plugins are available from L Soft and should be installed by the system administrator To make a connection to a database select the appropriate plugin for the database from the drop down list provided on the Source screen If there is any uncertainty about the plugin selection contact the system administrator the database administrator or see the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Manual 36 Figure 33 Source for Select Database Plugin Define Recipients Options Source lt Back Next gt Source Information about the recipients source in a database Database Connection Database Plugin Select y SQL Statement MySQL Driver Database Plugin Oracle 8i Thin Driver Database Plugin Add a SELECT statement here Contact your data administrator for help creating a SQL statement The recipients will be retrieved Now Just before sending Once the database plugin has been selected a longer Source screen opens requiring additional information The information is required by LISTSERV Maestro in order to be able to communicate with the database Different databases require different connection information so the fields that appear on the Source screen will be different depending on the type of database being accessed I
50. Source Details for a LISTSERV List with Topics Define Recipients A subscriber will receive the e mail only if the list subscription options contain any of the topics that you have checked below vee BUTTERFLIES M ANTS BEETLES BEES Source Dgtalls sy Select All The selected topics will not be visible to the recipients C The selected topics are visible as prefix in the subject line OK Cancel 4 2 3 2 Special LISTSERV Messages When messages are sent to a list as a special list message the Source Details screen allows for setting a Condition as well as setting other Options for mail delivery Setting a condition is a means of creating a subset of recipients from the selected LISTSERV list based on the e mail address or in the case of DBMS based lists other information in the lists database table For information on setting conditions for a LISTSERV list see the LISTSERV Developer s Guide available online at http www Isoft com resources manuals asp There are four options for a LISTSERV list that can be set by checking the adjacent boxes The options are standard LISTSERV settings that subscribers may have set for their subscriptions e MAIL Will deliver the message to all normally subscribed users e DIGEST Will deliver the message to users that receive only a digest e INDEX Will deliver the message to users that receive only an in
51. The add ins dialog box reappears There will now be an entry for the LISTSERV Maestro add in which should already have a check mark in front of it if not check the box Click OK to install the add in 125 Figure 109 Browse for Add In File Look in a Addins eE X E Tools History Add Ins available Access Links Analysis ToolPak SS AN Analysis ToolPak VBA Cancel Autosave Add in ly Documents Conditional Sum Wizard Browse Euro Currency Tools IE Importtrackerstatistics Internet Assistant VBA T Lookup Wizard ms Query Add in Importtrackerstatistics Favorites File name Files of type 5 A new toolbar button that looks like two footprints will appear in the Excel toolbar This button will start the LISTSERV Maestro data import Figure 110 New Excel Tool Bar Button EJ Microsoft Excel Book1 Eile Edt View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help lO eRe e t x8 ow rd gt Al z 10 7 3 Using the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In Download the data to be imported into Excel The data is downloaded in a compressed ZIP file Open the ZIP file There are two files contained inside a readme txt file and another file named for the type of data downloaded Extract the txt files and save them on a local drive The readme txt file will contain a summary of the report type and other information The other file named for the t
52. Upload a File Select the text file containing the recipients Click Upload to replace the current recipients file with the new file Click Cancel to keep the currently saved recipients file File Name D L Soft maestro mail_job_files test list csv Browse Encoding West European ISO 1 E Define Recipients C Upload D Cancel Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next gt Source Information about the recipients source file Recipients File Define recipients now Source File test list csv Upload Date Time Jan 30 2004 10 29 13 AM Upload a different file C Load recipients just before sending from a server file File Name File Encoding west European ISO 1 Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro 4 5 3 Source Details When a text file is uploaded LISTSERV Maestro will try to determine how the columns of data are separated and how each column or field of data is labeled header on the Source Details screen In order to send out an e mail job LISTSERV Maestro must correctly interpret which column contains the name of the recipient and which column contains the e mail address of the 28 recipient Other fields may be included and will appear in the Preview table located on the lower half of the screen Figure 26 Define Recipients Source Deta
53. Watching The replacement would then be abbreviated with the standard ellipsis token like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing If this is not acceptable a custom ellipsis token can be created Multi HOBBIES separated by more and others The replacement text in the message body would then look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing and others To provide even more information the COUNT parameter can be added Multi HOBBIES separated by more and COUNT more The replacement text in the message body would then look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing and 3 more When a subscriber has not selected any hobbies the system drop in Multi HOBBIES separated by will then be replaced with no text at all Leaving a blank spot in the message text To fill something in for subscribers who do not have anything selected a default string can be created as follows Multi HOBBIES separated by default lt no hobby selected gt The replacement text in the message body for only those subscribers with no hobbies selected would then look like this lt no hobby selected gt These examples can be combined to cover those subscribers who have a few selections from the multiple selection list many selections from the list and no selections from the list like this Multi HOBBIES separated
54. account is a member of a group the group name will also be required at login Figure 1 LISTSERV Maestro Login Screen LISTSERY Maestro 2 0 MAESTRO Login User fismith Password eeeee Group marketing Login Enter user name password and group if required and then click the Login button User names and groups are not case sensitive Passwords are case sensitive and must have a minimum of five characters Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface The opening screen of LISTSERV Maestro s interface contains various sets of functional and navigational icons The top right of each page in the LISTSERV Maestro interface includes all or a subset of these four small icons Table 1 Navigational Icons Home brings the user back to the opening screen the LISTSERV Maestro home page Up One Level brings the user up one level in the program not necessarily back to the previous screen Log out ends the LISTSERV Maestro session and closes the account t B lu m Help provides access to page specific online help LISTSERV Maestro s functionality centers on characterizing the various parts of an e mail job A job refers to all of the elements that make up the creation scheduling delivery and tracking of customized e mail messages Throughout LISTSERV Maestro documentation job and e mail job are used interchangeably and represent the same thing the summ
55. and paste the name of the merged field into the message to ensure the correct name and formatting Figure 52 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Selected Job October Widget Company Newsletter ID NEWS 020809A Available merge fields x This list contains all available merge fields d drop ins for the amp NAME an 5 EMAIL selected job ECH To use one of these amp ID fields in your mail amp DATE content please select the value copy it and LII paste it into your mail Please use the Available drop ins Refresh link to update the list if you address have selected another new_address jeb or the ae and closing tags of the iphone drop ins have changed Refresh The following example demonstrates how overdue book notices can be customized using specific recipient data in the form of the fields EMAIL NAME IDNUM BRANCH BOOK1 BOOK2 BOOK3 A text message merging the fields might look like this 55 Figure 53 Merge Fields Example Dear amp NAME The following book s borrowed using library ID card 2 amp IDNUM are overdue amp BOOK1 amp BOOK2 amp BOOK3 Please return them to the library at BRANCH as soon as possible Sincerely Your Librarian kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Note This e mail was sent to amp EMAIL if you wish to change the e mail settings for library ID amp IDNUM
56. as examples that demonstrate system drop ins are given below Line breaks that occur in the system drop ins have been added for readability only Scenario 1 If the subscriber has selected exactly the three hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker from the list HOBBIES and no others use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type equality If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is equal to the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with exactly the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 2 If the subscriber has selected one two or all of the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker from the list HOBBIES use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type subset If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is a subset of the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this 165 Multi HOBBIES lt Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with only the given hobbies Use
57. com bday home home htm1 104 1119951 0252744 Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses 159 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins As described in Section 11 2 1 System drop ins are special drop in content elements that are named and controlled by LISTSERV Maestro System drop ins are only available for mailing lists that derive their recipients from data hosted by LISTSERV Maestro They make it possible to include login and unsubscribe links to specific lists in the message are well as use other recipient data to create personalized messages The names of system drop ins start with an asterisk System drop ins need to be enclosed in the drop in opening and closing tags just like normal drop ins and drop in usage needs to be enabled for the mail content otherwise the system drop ins will be ignored and will not be replaced System drop ins are replaced after normal drop ins so they can be nested within normal drop in content elements This appendix is written using extensive examples to illustrate how and why system drop ins can be used to create personalized message content for mail subscribers using hosted recipient data Login URL The login URL system drop in is named LoginURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example LoginURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to the login page fo
58. condition the full HTML e mail including the plain text alternative is delivered to that recipient 2 If the recipient does not fulfill the condition a simple plain text e mail is delivered instead containing only the plain text alternative 191 HTML content with AOL format alternative one condition needs to be specified for the e HTML content If a recipient fulfills the condition a pure HTML e mail with no alternatives is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the condition an e mail in the special AOL format is delivered containing only the AOL format alternative e HTML content with both AOL format and plain text alternatives two conditions need to be specified one for the HTML content and one for the AOL format content evaluated in the o o following order If a recipient fulfills the HTML condition a full HTML e mail including the plain text alternative only is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the HTML condition but does fulfill the AOL condition an e mail in the special AOL format is delivered containing only the AOL o o format alternative If the recipient does not fulfill the AOL condition neither of the two conditions are fulfilled a simple plain text e mail is delivered containing only the plain text o alternative If attachments are present then LISTSERV Maestro adds the attachments to each of the messages without ap
59. conditions are met One of the most important steps to perform when using multiple conditional blocks is extensive testing Send messages to test every condition and combination of conditions to ensure that your conditional text matches up with your recipient data in the expected manner gt Important Any basic syntax errors that are detected when the job is transferred to LISTSERV will User Interface generate an error message from LISTSERV that will be displayed in the Maestro However if there are mistakes in the syntax of the conditional statement that turn up when the conditions are evaluated for each recipient the test messages will not be sent although they will appear to because LISTSERV cannot process the job with incorrect coding No error message will be displayed in the Maestro User Interface Errors of this nature will be reported in the LISTSERV test messages logs and an e mail message will be sent to the LISTSERV Postmaster If your are not delivered in a reasonable amount of time contact your LISTSERV administrator for assistance diagnosing the problem Presented in F igure 124 is an example of a detailed plain text e mail message using mail merge and complex conditional blocks Each variable and combination of variables needs to be tested before the job is sent out Some of the resulting test messages for particular combinations are presented in Figures 124 and 126 157 Figure 127 Plain T
60. contains options and links to generate a quick report on the selected job 9 1 Auto Repeat Sequences in the Delivered Jobs List Only the first job of an auto repeat sequence is normally shown in the list of delivered jobs This is to avoid making the list overly long filled with many jobs with the same job title but with different Job IDs and delivery times The first job of a sequence is marked by the sequence icon shown next to the list entry By clicking on the sequence icon the sequence is unfolded and displays all jobs in that sequence From there select any of these jobs by clicking on its Job ID To hide the sequence jobs simply click on the sequence icon again or click on the icon of a different sequence which will unfold that other sequence and hide the sequence that was previously unfolded Only one sequence can be unfolded at a time 90 Figure 77 Delivered Jobs Delivered Jobs All previously delivered jobs for your account Jobs that Y were processed successfully Y were processed previously and failed during delivery Click on the Job ID to review the selected job Job Title Mail Type Date Time of Delivery State Denotes a sequence of 040901C No seminar reminder HTML Aug 11 2004 01 00 00 AM Y 0408138 Back to school sale HTML Sep 15 2004 12 00 00 PM Y auto repeat jobs 040813 ep 15 00 P Click on the icon 040714A Monthly sales meeting HTML Oct 2 2004 01 30 00 AM D to view all
61. data source will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 e Unique or Total Events Select whether to count all events that are tracked or only unique events triggered by recipients Count only events unique for each recipient For each recipient only one event of each type is counted For example if open up and click through events are being tracked and a recipient opened the message twice and clicked on the same link three times only two events would be counted This method of counting is recommended when one of the percentage result calculations is selected Count all events For each recipient all triggered events are counted Using the example above five events would be counted using the Count all events option Figure 103 Change View Settings for Sum of Events Report Report Sum of Events Count Unique Events Change View Settings for Report Report of type Sum Over Number of Events during the Time Period To modify the display of the report and the format of the downloaded results change the settings below and click on the Execute button Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the chart is calculated Total number of events C Percentage of total number of messages sent C percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if only unique events or if all events are counted Count only events unique for each recipient
62. encoding used to create the text file If the original data file was created with a specific character set such as Greek characters the file encoding will have to be changed to match that character set Use the drop down menu to select the encoding for the file if it is different from the default For more information on encoding see Appendix B E mail and International Character Sets After separator and quote characters have been entered and any encoding change made click Refresh Preview to have LISTSERV Maestro attempt to parse the file again with the new settings The new columns will then be displayed If the columns are now separated correctly proceed If the columns are not correct repeat the process and click Refresh Preview to see the new changes 4 5 3 2 Header Row Headers are specially defined rows in database tables Headers are used by database tables to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns An uploaded text file may contain headers or not If the file does not contain headers select the option button No the file does not contain a header row and the system will automatically add a header row Each column of data in the header row will have a generic name using the pattern COL1 COL2 COL3 and so on If the uploaded file does have a header row select the option button Yes the first row in the file containers headers and the headers within the file will be used
63. existing recipient data to determine a birth date a subscription date a bank balance and much more Formulas must follow a set of rules that are detailed in Appendix G Calculation Formulas A scenario is described below that uses conditional blocks and calculation formulas to send customized messages to each recipient in a customer database It is beyond the scope of this document to give all the possible ways formulas can be used to calculate personalized content The scenario described below uses a merge field value a number that is used in subtraction formulas with constant numbers to calculate the replacement values Scenario 1 A supermarket chain has a customer card bonus point system where customers are awarded points for every purchase After collecting a certain number of points customers can use their points to trade for bonus items The bonus items with the highest values require more points The recipient data has a column CURRENT POINTS that contains the current total points for each subscriber By using a calculation formula in conjunction with data in the CURRENT_POINTS column content such as You currently have X many points This means that you only need Y points more to get a free watch or only Z points more to get a free digital camera The supermarket decides that customers must earn 300 points for a free watch and 500 points for a free digital camera From this information and depending on the val
64. file from which the recipient data will be generated e Source Details Interpreting the recipient data file once it has been selected e Recipient Details Adding or editing header information labels for columns e Summary Displaying the interpretation of the recipient data in a table for review Depending on the selection of options for each step subsequent steps and options will become available or will not be necessary to complete The Back and Next gt buttons navigate to the previous and following pages automatically saving any changes on the current page Click on any active link to go immediately to that screen saving any changes on the current page 10 Click Cancel to close the wizard without saving changes and return to the Workflow or Summary diagram Exiting the wizard by closing the browser or clicking on a navigational or functional icon before successfully completing it once acts the same as clicking Cancel e Caution The browser s back button will not function as a navigation device within the program To return to a previous step within a wizard use the Back button To return to a previous step within a job use the Up One Level icon located at the top right of the screen 4 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group Send to a Recipient target group allows account holders to select pre defined groups of recipients from a data source All accounts in the group where the recipient target groups are sav
65. for more information Click Delete Job to delete the job permanently Click Team Collaboration to change the team collaboration settings for the job 91 Figure 78 Delivered Jobs Summary Delivered Job Details Detailed information about the selected job Team Collaboration Delete Job Summary Reports Click on the Detail Links to get more information about the related property 3ob Y Job ID 030220D Job Title uploaded list Send Date Feb 20 2003 04 52 23 PM State Delivery has succeeded Sentto 38 recipients Bounces 1 recipients last updated Apr 21 2003 09 59 19 AM Update bounces count View bounce details Recipients View Recipient List Type List uploaded as a text file Number of Recipients 38 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Content View Subject Newsletter Mail Type HTML Alternatives Text Format List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking View Open Up Tracking ON Click Through Tracking ON Tracking Type Personal Sender E mail Address bstinson lsoft com Sender Name Beth Reply To Address Bounce Address Handle bounced messages automatically 9 2 1 View Bounce Details From the Summary screen of Delivered Jobs it is possible to update the bounce count and generate a graphical representation of the number and type of bounces for the job Click on the View bounce details link to open the Bounce Details s
66. in Microsoft Excel or other statistical software to create detailed reports For more information on Recipient Details reports see Section 10 2 3 Recipients Details Report Event details Event detail reports are available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs The report type displays a table that lists the report type time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data Click the download link to download the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used in Microsoft Excel or other statistical software to create detailed reports For more information on event details reports see Section 10 2 4 Event Details Report Click OK to save the column selections and return to the Recipients Details report screen Next select the source data for the report type There are five choices depending on the type of message and the tracking selected for the job Open Up events This option charts all the open up events for a job It is only available for HTML messages Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked Open Up and Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles al
67. is interpreted correctly All quote characters in the actual text must be escaped by doubling them This means that the character is used twice in succession with no space in between them For example to use this customized text Our company motto is the customer is always right It would have to appear n the body of the system drop in as Our company motto is the customer is always right This becomes critical when using URLs in system drop ins URLs as a rule need to be enclosed within quotation marks so they are recognized as links If a URL appears in a system drop in the surrounding URL quotation marks will have to be escaped like this FII ITF Visit our company on the web at http www widgets com 169 Appendix G Calculation Formulas In LISTSERV Maestro calculation formulas are available in the context of the special Ca1c system drop in see Section 11 2 1 System Drop Ins This section describes the syntax and semantics of these calculation formulas A formula is a sequence of expressions that are combined with operators into more complex expressions Expressions can optionally be nested with parenthesis and make use of a few pre defined functions Examples for formulas are 15 4 27 Max 17 4 24 8 19 22 amp NAME lsoft com ToNum amp AGE 2004 10 ToDate CurrentTimeMillis MM dd yyyy HH mm The following sub sections explain all aspects of formulas in d
68. month and the job instance for that month would fail with No recipients found as the reason for failure In this case the failure should be interpreted as a valid state because there simply were no recipients to deliver mail to on that day The auto repeat sequence would continue with another copy for the next month so if any recipients have a negative balance on the first of the next month they would then get the reminder mail 7 4 3 6 Auto Repeat Jobs and System Shutdown Auto repeat jobs are treated differently than normal jobs during a system shutdown For a normal job if the system is down at the scheduled delivery time the job will be delivered immediately when the system is started the next time The system will recognize that the delivery time of the job has passed while the system was down and will immediately start the delivery to make up for the lost time If the system is down at the scheduled delivery time of an auto repeat job the system will recognize that the delivery time of the job has passed while the system was down Instead of starting delivery immediately the job will be re scheduled to the next available delivery slot of the auto repeat sequence it belongs to The job will remain in the Outbox as authorized for delivery but now with a new delivery time that occurs after the system startup If there is no such delivery slot available because the end condition for the auto repeat has already been met the threshol
69. occur e If Deliver at 10 20h on 11 24 2004 is specified which happens to be a Wednesday and a repeat interval of 2 Weeks is used then this would cause a copy of the job to be delivered at 10 20h of the Wednesday of every second week after the initial delivery e If Deliver at 12 00h on 1 1 2005 is specified and a repeat interval of 3 Months is used a delivery on the first of each of the months of January April July and October would occur resulting in one mailing at the beginning of each quarter 7 4 3 2 Auto Repeat Jobs with Dynamic Recipients or Dynamic Content Auto Repeat delivery is particularly useful together with dynamic recipient lists and or dynamic content Dynamic recipient lists are the just in time variants of recipients defined by a target group text upload a select from a database as well as standard LISTSERV lists or recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV What all these recipient types have in common is that the actual list of recipients a job will be mailed to is determined just in time at the moment prior to delivery If such a job auto repeats itself each repeated copy may be mailed to a different list of recipients Dynamic content is content that uses drop ins to pull content into the message just in time before delivery Different content can be used with auto repeat jobs to mail constantly changing content to a list of recipients without editing the other parts of a job Examples of these typ
70. of the inclusion of the EMAIL column If during the creation of the report several recipients are found to have the same condensed profile created by omitting columns that make up the recipient profile this profile will be included in the report table only once Instead of including the same profile several times LISTSERV Maestro simply counts how many recipients share the same profile for each profile 120 In the special purpose column COUNT each instance of an event for the same profile is recorded If this column is included it will be populated with the number of recipients that were matched to the condensed profile defined by the other columns in the same row The COUNT column can be used to learn demographic statistics such as how many males from a certain city have clicked on a certain link and similar information The order in which the columns are used can provide information as well because the rows in the table are sorted in ascending order on the first column If there are profiles with the same values in the first column they will be sorted after their second column and so on For example Assume that the full profile has the three columns EMAIL GENDER and CITY Assume also that all columns plus the special purpose column COUNT are selected The downloaded report table would look like this CITY GENDER EMAIL COUNT New York female sally somewhere com 1 New York male john somewhere com
71. or the opening and closing tags of the drop ins have changed Refresh 5 2 Creating Text Messages To add a plain text message to LISTSERV Maestro select the Plain Text option button next to Body Type in the Plain Text box or click Upload Plain Text to upload a text file If drop in content has been enabled a third tab labeled Plain Text Preview will appear Click on this tab to see what the drop in content elements look like within the body of the message fip Uploading a file composed in a word processing program can be advantageous because it is possible to use spelling and grammar checkers Just be sure to save the file as text not in the word processor format Click OK when finished composing or uploading the message gt Important Note In order to track links inside of text messages it is necessary to enclose the URL within quotation marks http www lsoft com These quotation marks will be removed from the recipients copy of the message and serve only to let the system know that there is a trackable link in the message 5 3 Creating HTML Messages There are several ways to compose HTML messages in LISTSERV Maestro e Upload an HTML file from a local drive e Copy and paste HTML source code from another application e Type in HTML source code HTML messages can be created locally in any HTML editing program and uploaded to LISTSERV Maestro 48 In order for any links to be track
72. recipient Parse A software routine that analyzes a statement in natural or artificial language and resolves it into a form that can be understood by the computer In LISTSERV Maestro a database file exported as a text file will be parsed sorted into categories or columns of data before it can be used by the system Plugin A LISTSERV Maestro database plugin allows the Maestro User Interface to gain access to different databases Plugins need to be registered and configured by the LISTSERV Maestro system administrator For more information see Section 9 in the Administrators Guide Quote Character In a SQL statement a character usually the single quote used to enclose string literals to set them off from the rest of the SQL statement In a text file CSV file containing data a character or symbol used to surround a separator character that is used in the actual data in a column so that the separator character is not confused with the character that appears in the data For example if a comma is used as the separator character in a database file all the fields of data are separated by a comma If the comma is also used within a field a quote character must surround the entire field If the quote character is used in a field it must be used twice or escaped RFC Stands for Request for Comments These documents explain the rules that e mail and other software products must follow in order to work cooperatively
73. reports pages rather than starting from scratch 10 1 Tracking Reports Editing tracking reports is a more detailed way to generate custom reports Unlike the quick reports available from Delivered Jobs or Test Reports for delivery test data it is possible to combine data from multiple jobs as well as custom design the color of each data source To create a new report or edit an existing report click on the Tracking Reports icon A listing of previously created reports appears unless no reports have been generated Click on a report title to execute and view that report Click on the Edit link to open an existing report or click the New Report button to create a new report 98 Figure 84 Tracking Reports Tracking Reports The list below shows all reports defined for your account Click on a report title to execute and view that report or click on the edit link if any to edit delete it Use the New Report button to create a new report Click Report Title to execute and view the report Click the Edit link to edit the report Report Title Date Time saved SSqole Plain Text Job Click Throuah Response Edit Jan 3 2002 09 53 32 AM Jan 3 2002 10 00 17 AM Jan 3 2002 10 07 47 AM Aug 16 2002 11 31 28 AM Sample HTML Job Recipient Response C Sample Report for Access to L Soft Homepage m m m a OL OL dex Tracking data for Sample HTML Mail Job C New Revere gt Click the New
74. script then executes the corresponding parameter as instructed by the URL and passes the results back to the web server The web server then returns the results to the client In essence parameters can be used to select a certain page or part of a page to display or tell the server which page to display to a specific user or type of user 57 A URL parameter is a pair such as name value that appears after the path part of the URL separated from the path by a question mark similar to the example below http host domain path param value If there are several parameters in one URL then the individual parameters are separated by ampersand characters amp http host domain path paraml valuel amp param2 value2 URL parameters have many uses and when it comes to mailings they come in two general types e Constant URL parameters Parameters that are the same for all URL visitors A typical use of a constant parameter is to select a certain page or part of a page The following imaginary URL would tell the server to show the electronics page and the 15 item on that page http host domain path page electronics amp item 15 e Individual URL parameters Parameters that are different for each individual URL A typical use of an individual parameter is to tell the server about the identity of the visitor The following imaginary URL would tell the server that the user with the ID usr18 is visiting the pa
75. second set all elements from the second set also are in the first set Note If two sets are equal then the superset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial supersets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is larger than the second set s Intersection Checks if there is a non empty intersection between the first and the second set A non empty intersection exists if at least one element of the first set also appears in the second set It does not matter how many elements appear in both sets as long as at least one appears in both the intersection is non empty and the check will result in true In other words the check is true if at least one element appears in the first set and in the second set Replace COMPARE SET with the second set of the comparison Specify this set as a comma separated list of all values in the set Each value must be enclosed within quotation marks lt gt Type the textual names of those choices from the multiple selection field column specified in FIELD_NAME that are to be part of the second set Enclose each name individually in quotes and use commas to separate the values if there is more than one a Replace TRUE_TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a true match and replace FALSE_TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons t
76. the Define Sender icon located on the Work Flow diagram If the message is sent as a standard list message the From address field in Define Sender must be an authorized sender for that list If the message is sent as a special list message then the LISTSERV Maestro e mail address must be an owner of the list For more information on defining the sender of a job see Section 7 1 Define Sender 4 2 3 Source Details The Source Details screen will become active if the selected LISTSERV list has topics defined and the Send job as standard list message to list members is selected It will also become active if Send job as special list message is selected as the message type for the job No Source Details screen will open if the selected list has no topics and the message is sent as a standard list message to list members 4 2 3 1 LISTSERV Topics LISTSERV lists often use sub groups within the list to give subscribers the opportunity to receive only the posts to the list that pertain to the topics they are most interested in reading about Sub groups are created in LISTSERV by defining the keyword Topics in the list header Lists can have up to 23 topics defined List subscribers can select the topic s they are interested in receiving including the Other topic which includes all messages that are not specifically assigned to a topic Someone sending a message to the list can designate which topic or topics that message covers
77. the field in its escaped form looks like this John Hammer Cool The two double appearances of the quote character around the word Hammer are not interpreted as quotes that delimit the field but are instead interpreted as single appearances of the quote character which are part of the field value Therefore the un escaped form of the field looks like this John Hammer Cool Similarly the second field of the last row has the un escaped form of Hauser the man 152 Appendix D E Mail Related RFCs For technical material on the protocols for e mail see the many Request for Comments documents RFCs available on the web These documents explain the rules that e mail and other software products must follow in order to work cooperatively with each other on the Internet Understanding the rules is often helpful for understanding and troubleshooting problems RFCs and RFC Web Sites 3000 Internet Official Protocol Standards Internet Drafts 821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 2821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 822 Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages 2822 Internet Message Format 1123 Requirements for Internet Hosts Application and Support 2045 MIME Part 1 Format of the Internet Message Bodies 2046 MIME Part 2 Media Types 2047 MIME Part 3 Message Header Extensions for Non ASCII 2049 MIME Part 5 Conformance Criteria and Examples 1894 An Extensible Message Format for Delivery Status Notificat
78. third screen Links is only engaged if Click through events is chosen for the Da Source Type This screen defines the URLs to report on To select a URL to generate ta report data on click on the link in the Available box to highlight it Next click the Select button to place the highlighted link in the Selected box Use the All with same Alias button to select a group of links that share the same alias defined during the Tracking Definition phase of defining a job See Section 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs for more information Use the All with same URL button to select a group of links that have the same URL To unselect a link click on it in the Selected box to highlight it Next click the Unselect button to replace it in the Available box To highlight several links at once hold down the SH1 CTRL key while clicking FT or 103 Figure 90 Data Source Links Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary E Cancel Back Next gt Data Source Link Selection Select the links to include in reporting data Available advanced order http www order_widgets_now com html advanced order http www Isoft com vee soft cor Select All with same Alias All with same URL Selected advanced order http www Isoft com sneak peak http www Isoft com Unselect Click Next gt to conti
79. this for all other subscribers Scenario 3 If the subscriber has selected at least the hobby Swimming from the list HOBBIES any other hobbies can be selected as well as long as swimming is included use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type superset If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is a superset of the set that contains only the hobby Swimming second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES gt Swimming Use this for subscribers with at least the given hobby Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 4 If the subscriber has selected any of the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker not necessarily all of them and others not included can be selected from the list HOBBIES use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type intersection If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set intersects with the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES amp Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with any of the given hobbies Use this for all oth
80. this type of drop in element is loaded from a text file accessed by an http or ftp URL defined here The URL must be accessible from the server and have an http https or ftp protocol See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Guide or the system administrator for more information 132 Figure 120 Edit Drop In Content Element URL Edit Drop In Content Element Enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Name Description elect Plain Text or ex Type URL S to reflect the file contents The drop in contains Any nested drop ins are enclosed in and Enter the URL URL File Encoding west European ISO 1 Select the file encoding test URE Click this link to test the URL Note The given URL must be a valid http or ftp URL that is accessible from the server running LISTSERV Maestro If a username and password is required for an FTP server include it in the URL ftp myhost domain com becomes ftp username password myhost domain com OK Cancel Delete e Database The content of this type of drop in element is queried from a database The database connection settings and the SQL statement are defined here See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Guide or the system administrator for more information Figure 121 Edit Drop In Content Element Database Edit Drop In Content Element Enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Nam
81. top frame and column data pertaining to the recipient profiles is selected from the bottom frame Click the Select All link in the bottom frame to select all the columns of recipient data for download Click the Edit link to add specific columns subtract columns and re order the selected columns to change the data that is downloaded 119 Figure 105 Recipient Details Report Column Selection Report Tracking data for listing Download Report Result Report of type Details of Recipients that Triggered Events During the Time Period Define the column grouping and ordering Grouping For the download only the selected columns will be considered All profiles with the same values in all selected columns will be grouped together and will be considered one single aggregated profile with an event count equal to the sum of events of all the profiles in the group Ordering The rows in the downloaded result will be ordered after the content of the first column selected here Rows with the same value in the first column will be ordered after their content of the second selected column and so on Currently selected From data source Open Up Events the jobs 020225 listing Use the arrow keys to move columns from Available to Selected for download Available Columns Selected Columns NAME Change the order of COUNT the columns using Move Up and Move Down Move Up Move Down LOK cane E ted Aug 16 2002
82. type of bounce LISTSERV detected This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition Select a report type a source data type and any additional statistics using the option buttons Click OK to continue A temporary report with the settings selected will be generated and displayed on the screen This report will not be saved it can always be run again from the Delivered Jobs screen unless the Create Report icon located at the bottom right of the screen is clicked This will open the Define Report screen where it is possible to save the quick report as a regular report using the quick report s settings as a template Located at the bottom right side of the delivered jobs reports are four icons Each icon opens a page with different functions and options The currently selected icon will be highlighted with a blue border Icons that are unavailable will appear grayed out These icons appear on all test report quick report and regular report pages Table 5 Delivered Jobs Report Icons View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download report data in a zipped text file Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how the results are displayed on the r
83. used to send the preferred format to each recipient all within the same job This determination is based upon a conditional statement run against the recipient data The advantage of using conditional content is it is possible to prepare a single job for recipients who prefer HTML and those who prefer plain text respecting each recipient s choices as well as saving time and reducing the chance for errors while sending multiple jobs In order to use the Conditional Content feature it must first be enabled To enable conditional content click on the Change link that appears directly under the tabs of the text box on the Define Content screen when HTML content with alternatives is selected see Figure 43 The Conditional Content Settings screen opens Select the option button next to Enable conditional content Once enabled it is necessary to type in the condition that determines which recipients receive which type of mail LISTSERV Maestro uses the standard LISTSERV syntax to create the condition See Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks for more information on constructing conditions The condition needs to include at least one merge field from the recipient data so that the condition acts like a variable whose true false result is different for those recipients receiving each of the different message formats Figure 49 Conditional Content Settings Conditional Content Settings Enable or disable conditional content delivery for the job
84. values are shown as percentage of sent messages Event Data Sources Summ fc y h data source bar only unique events are counted lll Open Up Events Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com hek Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com lick Throwgh Events for link sneak preview text btt mwe widgets com Hick Throwgh Events for link advanced order text http www order _sidgets_now com MB Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www Isoft com onal Data Sources Summary ed Messages Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum Sum 100 32 aem 20 17 71 100 The total sum is not necessarily restricted to only unique events as the different data sources might cover overlapping event sets Executed Sap 30 2002 01 54 59 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM ja E E 10 4 2 Download o sn 107 Percentage of All Events The values are shown as percentage of sent messages 100 Event Data Sources Summary For each date source bar all events are counted IM Open Up Events Chek Through Events for bak logo Mitp mww solt com Through Events for lnk advanced order http www Koft com Through Events for bnk uneak preview text http wormmdgets com Through Events for lnk advanced order text bttp mww order widgets now com m Additional
85. will be delivered only once at the delivery time specified in the basic options at the top of the screen This is the default setting for delivery It is also used when the advanced delivery options are disabled e Auto repeat delivery of this job With this option the job will start an auto repeat sequence upon delivery The job will be delivered for the first time at the time specified in the basic options Right after the job has been delivered an exact copy of it will automatically be created and authorized for delivery with a delivery time that is scheduled at a given interval after the first delivery Once this copy of the job has been delivered another copy will be created and authorized again with a scheduled delivery time that is offset from the previous delivery by the same interval and so on until the defined auto repeat end condition is met If this option is chosen a delay interval must be supplied between each repeated delivery of a copy of the original job by entering a positive value into the field labeled Delay interval between repeated deliveries and choosing an appropriate time unit from the selection list Choose between hours days weeks and months An end condition must be entered to stop the auto repeat sequence Select one of the options 81 Repeat until stopped manually After each delivery a new auto repeat copy will always be created and authorized This can only be stopped manually b
86. will have to be collected from the other mailbox and processed accordingly Select the option button next to how bounces will be handled Click OK to continue 7 1 3 Advanced Sender Information Settings Advanced Sender Information Settings are disabled by default Click the corresponding link to enable the advanced settings Once enabled the advanced settings can be disabled by clicking the disable link Advanced Sender Information Settings allows user defined mail headers to be added to the end of the header part of the mail These headers follow the X Header convention as described in RFC822 The X Headers will appear just before the actual mail content and will appear in the order that they are entered on the screen To add an X Header to a mail job enter the name of the header which must include the leading X in to the X Header Name column Enter the text for the header in the X Header Tex column Rows where both the name and text are empty are ignored To remove a header click the corresponding Clear Row link Click Add Row to added additional headers 7 1 4 Profiles If the system administrator has granted permission it is possible to save any new sender information as a profile for future use All saved sender profiles are available to all members of a group The only required field is the sender s e mail address but including the sender name makes the message more personalized Include a reply to address if re
87. 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM The same data is shown below in a different report form Figure 82 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Figure 83 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Events Count Events Percentage Tracking data for listing Report Tracking data for listing 0 EN EN 75 100 o 7 14 a 20 The values are shown as percentage of sent messages Event Data Sources Summary Event Data Sources Summary For each date bar only unique aveces are counted For each dota source bar only urimue events are counted Ml open up Events Suns 26 Click Thwough Events for link logo Mtp www lscft com Sum 9 igh Events for ink logo Mtp Sum 32 Click Theough Events for link advance v http www Isoft com Sum 13 ik Tiveugh vents for Enk advanced Sem 409 E Cliche Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com sum 8 Botany sven recede D B cho Everts for link advanced order text hitp www order widgets nom com Sum 5 lick Theough Evente for Bink advance der widqute now com Sum 19 ll Click Through Eveetc for fink snesk peek http www Icoft com Sum 20 M nr Total 81 a Additional Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Sent messooes Sum 20 The total cum o not necescanly restrict que events as the d ferect deta sources might coves eriapcing event sets The total sum is not necessanly restricted to only unique events A se t
88. 02 12 20 00 PM iius Time interval s Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM The values for the intervals are not accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary Bi open up Events E Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com IM Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com a Click Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com gg Click Through Events far link advanced order text http www order_widgets_naw com Ili Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www lsoft com Additional Data Sources Summary Wl Number of Sent Messages sum 60 sum 12 Sum 14 Sum 10 Sum 6 Sum 23 Total 125 Sum 28 Executed Aug 19 2002 12 49 28 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Figure 98 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations Events distribution over time chart with the percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent and accumulation of events Events distribution over time chart with the percentage of the total number of messages sent and non accumulation of events port Tracking data for listing 257 n o S 192 3 c 3 Q 128 c 3 o pul E E 5 3 c E o 8 o 0 From Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM To Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM Time intervals o The value
89. 09 54 10 AM a adine finde from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM lal Click OK to save the available columns and the order they appear The Download Report Details screen will reopen Choose the file encoding for the download from the drop down menu Click the Download button to begin downloading the data The rows in the downloaded data table are generated in a particular way For each recipient that generated at least one of the events that are counted by the selected data source one entry is made Each entry consists of the profile values of this specific recipient and are placed in their matching columns However only those profile values that match the columns selected will be used All columns not selected are ignored If all the columns are not used recipients may not retain a unique profile This happens only if the differences in the profiles of recipients are contained in columns that are not selected For example if the columns EMAIL GENDER CITY were part of the recipients data then each recipient probably has a different profile because the combination of EMAIL GENDER and CITY is most likely unique for each recipient But if the column EMAIL is not selected and the columns GENDER and CITY are selected in all likelihood several recipients will have the same profile namely all those of the same gender that live in the same city Previously each profile was different because
90. 3 31 00 PM old address text Old Company Address in plain text Aug 14 2002 03 31 38 PM phone Toll free phone number Aug 5 2002 10 06 29 AM stock quote Price of a share of Widget Company stock Aug 14 2002 03 34 15 PM Ciroen eeen D Click here to create a new drop in Select the type of drop in from the drop down menu The Edit Drop In Content Elemen screen will appear This screen will appear in different formats depending on the type of drop in selected Four types of drop in content elements can be created e Text Text elements can be plain text or HTML text Plain text elements are best suited for plain text or alternative text messages HTML text drop ins contain HTML tags to format the text such as lt br gt for a line break and lt b gt for bold Plain text can be inserted into an HTML message but formatting such as line breaks will not necessarily appear as expected HTML text containing tags is not compatible with a plain text message because the tags will be seen in the message and will not format the text 131 fip Drop in content for plain text messages should be rendered using the Plain Text setting and drop in content for HTML should be rendered using the HTML Text setting For HTML messages with alternative text create two separate drop ins one in each format and use each Figure 118 Edit Drop In Content Element Text Edit Drop In Content Element Enter a name that will serve as the plac
91. 4 3 Source Detalls 3 5 iei SE e eR ete io 26 4 4 4 Recipients DetallS oo az 26 4 4 5 Sumrialy 1 5 oet AAA ME te aed a eee 26 4 5 Upload a Recipients Text File Ii oneioo re RA E a EA an ego eie Igne Ra ER DSS RR cUm E uisi ea 26 A RON MOM PEE 27 ROPA NGC CILE 27 4 5 3 Source Details 5 2 Iac e A eee ie e EE ees 28 4 5 4 Recipients Details pera unu dU Enid 31 4 55 SUMMALY kon r a pA De Ie T IL UN e iU datio Te deb Arte dd 34 4 6 Selecting Recipients from a Database oococonocccnnococcnononcnonanoncnnnonononnno eiei nennen nnne 35 GIN OOO C 36 ERO aci 36 4 6 3 Source Details EE 38 4 6 4 Recipients Details oo A Mara eee ee 38 AG DV SUMMA NS 40 4 7 Letting LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database sse emen nnne nennen 42 SNO I m Se eG he ee a ee a ee He ed ee eS 43 4 2 SOUICO oim eret tn vides eese enu 43 4 7 3 Source Det lls ee etu tee ated te tee 44 4 7 4 Recipients Details lt 2 mvc eee ett Ie ati ee dts 44 Section 5 Defining and Editing Content for an E mail Job eeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeneene nenne nnne nnne nnn nnns 45 521 Drop In Gontent ee edite pee IEEE 46 5 2 Creating Text Messages iaa 48 5 3 Creating H IML Messages une exe e a te UT mi I REED 48 5 3 1 Alternative Text for HTML Messages ssssse eee eene nennen nennen enne enne 51 5 3 2 Conditional Gont nt e cae eere e mU MER i mx 52
92. 9 Browse for Add In File 1 einer teen ene nine een I lore Se HR SR ER atada 126 Figure 110 New Excel Tool Bar Button 2 eniti tenerte tee re EE cene red odii co dne ceo idees de oso d euet 126 Figure 111 Using Tracker Add In with Excel Import Dialog BOox ssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeren eene 127 Figure 112 Example Excel Graph Event Distribution Over Time ssssssssssseseeeneeenenen nennen nnne 127 Figure 113 Example Excel Data Table ce a a eo pese an doc Hee THE Ge 128 Figure 114 User Settings ioni deg e Eee ie EE Re Tu aah asi nih eA de Lee EE eel 130 Figure 115 Managing Sender Profiles A a eene 130 Figure 116 Creating and Editing Sender Profiles oonnoonccnnnnninnnnocononaccccnonannno narco canon enne nennen nennen 130 Figure 117 Manage Drop In Content ElementS ooococcccnnnoccccnonocnnononononanoncnonono cnn noo cnn canon nr r nan nn nn nn nn enr EEEn EEEn nennen 131 Figure 118 Edit Drop In Content Element Text ocococccnnocccononoccnononcncnononcncnnnn nono kaut nn nano nn eene nn naar rra nan nennen 132 Figure 119 Edit Drop In Content Element File ooooonoccccnnnoccnononcccnanonnnononannnnnonnnn nano cnn r nono cnn rn rnnn nana nn r anne cnn nan nennen 132 Figure 120 Edit Drop In Content Element URL eeseseeenene nennen nennen nemen AEAEE nennen nennen 133 Figure 121 Edit Drop In Content Element Database
93. AOL alternative message to be sent with the HTML message To add an AOL Rich Text alternative to an HTML message follow these steps 1 Select the HTML with Alternatives option button next to Body on the Define Content screen 2 Check the box next to AOL Format This activates the additional tabs AOL Preview and AOL Code 3 Click on the tab labeled AOL Code to add the alternative AOL message The message can be uploaded pasted or keyed directly into the box 4 Click the AOL Preview tab to see what the message looks like to recipients All formatting will be displayed bold or italic text for example HTML tags that are not compatible with AOL Rich Text errors in coding will be displayed as regular text within the message and will be readily identifiable Any drop in content elements will be automatically added into the body of the text message Any trackable links in the alternative text message must be enclosed within quotation marks the same way as the trackable plain text message links are enclosed Merge fields and drop in content can be used in this format as described in Sections 5 1 Drop in Content and 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks Table 9 AOL Rich Text Formatting Tags Big lt big gt Body lt body gt Bold lt b gt Break lt br gt Center lt center gt Font lt font gt Headers 1 3 lt h1 gt lt h2 gt lt h3 gt Hyperlink lt a gt Italics
94. ASCII charset where each 7 bit sequence denotes one character the sequence 1000001 would mean the character with the decimal value 65 which is the Latin A With the ISO 8859 1 charset where each 8 bit sequence denotes one character the sequence 11000100 would mean the character with the decimal value 196 which is the umlaut A However with the ISO 8859 7 charset also 8 bit the same value 196 would mean the Greek letter A instead Consequently the decoding scheme or charset that makes the message readable to the recipient is very important LISTSERV Maestro takes care to include this information in the e mail so that it is not lost during the transfer Merging Fields with International Character Sets The issue of international character sets in combination with merging fields needs to be considered very carefully to make sure that the results of the merging appear to the recipient as intended The main problem when merging fields containing text using international charsets is to decide which charset to use Potentially the characters in the body of the message require a certain charset while some of the merge values may require a different charset For example a message may have English text as the body of the message but a recipient list with recipients from all over the world with names that contain letters from various languages It is likely that these international names would be encoded using a differen
95. C Count all events Execute Changing the settings above only affect the resulting diagram produced when you click the Execute button To permanently change the report click on the Edit Report icon below Executed Sep 30 2002 04 26 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Click the Execute button to change the View screen the chart or graph and change the downloadable data 117 10 4 4 Edit Report To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of the quick report Type in a title for the report and then click OK to save the quick report as a regular report Alternatively click Save amp Execute to execute the report again display it and save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen Edit the settings of this new report by clicking the Edit Report icon again This opti
96. Data Sources Summary Through Events for ink ancak peck htpi wem dao com Bl Number of Unbounced Messages Sum Sum Sum Sum t Sum of Events Executed Sep 30 2002 02 16 49 PM Incuding events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM It is possible to download the data from a sum of events report by clicking the Download Report icon Data downloaded will be in the form of a zipped text file Select the time zone that will be used to format the data from the drop down menu Click the Download button to begin downloading the data Click the download link to download an Excel Add In to import the data into Excel See Section 10 7 Using the Excel Add In for more information 115 Figure 102 Download Sum of Events Data Report Sum of Events Count Unique Events Download Report Result Report of type Sum Over Number of Events during the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file select the time zone to be used to format the result and click the download button below use my local time zone Download You can also download an Excel 2000 Add In to import the downloaded text file into Excel Executed Sep 30 2002 04 26 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM 10 4 3 Change Result Settings The Change Result Settings screen allows the user to change specific
97. ECT LAND Contribution Type Send e mail as standard list message added to list archives and list digests no mail merging and bounce reporting possible and only blind tracking is supported Handling of List Topics Send only to subscribers with the following selected topics ANTS The recipients will not see the topics in the received mail Recipient Details Name Column USER NAME Mail Merge Columns no additional merge columns available gt 19 4 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job In order to create a job with recipients based on a reaction to a previous job an initial job with the recipients determined from an uploaded text file or from a database and with personal tracking turned on must be run In addition tracking information must have been received by the system All available jobs will appear in the drop down menu If no jobs appear this option is not available A this option in its present form is not available for jobs based on hosted recipient lists that have personal tracking it is possible to create a new job based on the reaction of recipients to these types of jobs by using a target group instead Ask the LISTSERV Maestro Data Administrator for assistance with this option or see the LISTSERV Maestro Data Administrator s Manual for more information 4 3 1 Options The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the opti
98. ELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field For example a multiple selection field with the name hobbies would appear as Multi hobbies count The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags It will be replaced by the number of selections that each subscriber has made from the available choices of the profile field with the name FIELD NAME lIfa subscriber has selected 3 different items from the list the number 3 will be dropped in the message body e Multiple Selection Field Enumerated The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD_NAME separated by SEPARATOR Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field Replace SEPARATOR with any string which must be enclosed in quotation marks This string will be used to separate the enumerated values if more than one choice has been made by the subscriber For example if a subscriber selected surfing 161 poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma with a space after it is the desired separator character in the mail text the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by If the space is not included as part of the separator string only a comma will be use
99. Event details Show Report Over Open Up events C Click Through events all links bundled C Click Through events all links separate C Open Up events and Click Through events all links bundled C Open Up events and Click Through events all links separate Additional Statistics FT Number of Sent Messages FT Number of Unbounced Messages Number of Bounced Messages First select the report type by clicking the corresponding option button Three different report types are available depending on the type of tracking selected e Event distribution over time Produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and events are charted on the y axis e Sum of events Produces a bar graph showing the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the message The number of recipients is plotted on the y axis and the number of events is plotted on the x axis Two types of sum can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events records only a single event of each type for each recipient This chart will register O zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient 78 Event details Display
100. L Soft Sweden AB User s Manual LISTSERV Maestro version 2 0 LISTSERV MAESTRO Last Updated 09 14 2005 This page intentionally left blank Information in this document is subject to change without notice Companies names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise noted L Soft international Inc does not endorse or approve the use of any of the product names or trademarks appearing in this document Permission is granted to copy this document at no charge and in its entirety if the copies are not used for commercial advantage that the source is cited and that the present copyright notice is included in all copies Recipients of such copies are equally bound to abide by the present conditions Prior written permission is required for any commercial use of this document in whole or in part and for any partial reproduction of the contents of this document exceeding 50 lines of up to 80 characters or equivalent The title page table of contents and index if any are not considered to be part of the document for the purposes of this copyright notice and can be freely removed if present Copyright O 2004 L Soft Sweden AB All Rights Reserved Worldwide L SOFT LISTSERV LSMTP and ListPlex are registered trademarks of L Soft international Inc LMail is a trademark of L Soft international Inc CataList and EASE are service marks of L Soft international Inc The Open Group Motif
101. MPARE_SET TRUE_TEXT FALSE_TEXT The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags Note that the brackets around the word not are not part of the syntax but are used to denoted that the word not itself is optional meaning that it can be included without brackets to negate a field Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field The content of this field for any given subscriber defines the content of the first set of the comparison Replace op with the set operator being employed for the comparison Available operators are without the quotes Equality Checks if the two sets are equal Two sets are equal only if they contain exactly the same elements 136 ez Subset Checks if the first set is a subset of the second set The first set is a subset of the second set if the first set is fully contained in the second set all elements from the first set also are in the second set Note If two sets are equal then the subset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial subsets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is smaller than the second set gt Superset Checks if the first set is a superset of the second set The first set is a superset of the second set if the first set contains the entire
102. RY list contains list topics Specify how the topics that the subscribers have chosen shall be used to determine the subset of the list subscribers that shall receive the mail Send only to subscribers with the following topics lt none gt Click the Select Topics link to see the available topics C All subscribers ignore topics C Send to subscribers with no topics or with the OTHER topic Click the Select Topic link to view the available topics for the list Use the check boxes to select which topics to include as message recipients Click the Select All link to select all topics Next decide whether to hide or expose the selected topics in the subject line of the message by selecting the corresponding option button If the list subscribers are aware of the topics and are accustomed to using them for example to automatically move list messages to folders in their e mail programs then consider exposing the topics in the subject line However if there are many topics selected for the message a rather lengthy subject line will result In this case consider hiding the topics from the recipients Hiding topics can also be useful if the topics are only used to sub divide the list and have not been directly selected by the recipients Click OK to save the selections and return to the Source Details screen Cancel negates the action and returns to the Source Details screen without changing any settings 17 Figure 15
103. STSERV DBMS already have the correct charset for the mail they are merged into For example in e mail sent with ISO 8859 1 West European all appearances of the byte 196 in the merge values will be interpreted as the umlaut A Even if the merge value is actually a Greek word where the byte 196 should have been interpreted as a A While mixing characters from different ISO 8859 charsets will simply display the wrong character to the recipient mixing ASCII and ISO 8859 or ISO 8859 and Unicode may even result in characters that cannot be displayed at all Most importantly if the mail text uses the Unicode encoding UTF 8 then it is necessary to make sure that the merge value texts in the recipients source are also UTF 8 encoded the byte sequence that stands for each merge value must be a valid UTF 8 encoded sequence representing a string of characters from the Unicode charset Then again it is usually not possible to define a charset for the mail and then in some way make sure that the merge values in the list or in the LISTSERV database match this charset since those merge values have usually been stored long before the mail was created Therefore the best way to proceed is to check which encoding was used when the data was stored in the list or LISTSERV database again you might need to ask your administrator for that information and then use the same charset for the mail In summary for the recipient types of an existing LIS
104. TSERV list an external database a past job responses to a past job or a text file e Define an e mail message in plain text or HTML and attach files to it e Delegate various tasks related to defining recipients creating the messages and delivering e mail to LISTSERV Maestro defined team members e Schedule e mail messages for a single delivery or reoccurring deliveries on any date at any time in one minute intervals within any time zone e Save messages as well as sender and recipient information for future e mail jobs e Test e mail messages before delivery e Define the types of data to track e Track when recipients open a message e Track when recipients click on URLs contained within a message including URLs that are text based image based or contained within image maps e Track when recipients respond to a web form e Produce different types of tracking reports from tracking data e Download tracking data and import into Microsoft Excel e Produce bounce reports tabulating the number and type of bounce 1 1 System Requirements LISTSERV Maestro needs to be installed on a server and configured by a system administrator However LISTSERV Maestro does not have to reside on the same server as LISTSERV The administrator will set up user accounts assign initial passwords for all individuals who need access to the program and create account groups if collaboration is desired Groups are optional and accounts do not
105. TSERV list or LISTSERV selecting from a database the merge value characters that have no representation in the charset that was chosen for the mail text will be displayed as a different character The character displayed will be from the actual charset that has the same byte value like A from ISO 8859 1 and A from ISO 8859 7 If there is no corresponding byte value in the charset they may not be displayed at all International Character Set Recipient Names in the Mail TO Header The previous section outlined the problems of mixing a mail text in one language with merge values from a different language As an example an English text mail was described with an international recipient list where the recipient names contain characters from many languages with the languages possibly differing between recipients from different countries The recipient s name as a merge value is probably one of the most common uses for merging fields to be able to merge the recipient s name into the text of the message to personalize the mail If this is done the problems described earlier need to be considered However the recipient s name is also often used in the To header field of the mail so that the mail appears to the recipient with the recipients own name visible in the To field which is usually displayed by the e mail client in some fashion personalizing the e mail one step further 148 When using recipients upload
106. The text string to search in searchtext Type Text The string to search for The third argument is optional startindex Type Number The character position at which the search shall be started If not given the search will always start at the first character index 0 Examples IndexOf a longer text lo IndexOf abc def abc def abc 4 176 Length Function Returns the length of the given text the number of characters in the text string Return Type Number Arguments tex t Type Text The text whose length shall be determined Examples Length a longer text lo Length amp FULL_NAME Max Function Returns the greatest of all given Return Type number arguments Number Max argl arg2 AL wed y argN Arguments argl Type Number The first argument to find the maximum of arg2 Type Number The second argument to find the maximum of Further arguments are optional arg3 Type Number The third argument to find the maximum of argN Type Number The N argument to find the maximum of Examples Max 3 4 Max 17 22 4 Max 82 amp VALUE 7 177 Min Min argl arg2 arg3 argN Function Returns the smallest of all given number arguments
107. Time is optional If left out full days are used The given date and time values are relative to this time zone Team Collaboration Edit and Execute sample Only Execute Delete This Report e Report Period Determines the earliest and the latest points in time that are considered when the events are retrieved from Maestro Tracker Automatic LISTSERV Maestro will determine the time period to fit the registered events From all the events of all of the jobs and or URLs that are part of the report LISTSERV Maestro will set the time of the earliest event as the From and the time of the latest event as the To values of the time period If two jobs are selected for tracking LISTSERV Maestro will select the delivery time of the first received event open up or click through from either job as the start time and the time of the last received event from either job as the end time Defined Period User can determine the time period for the report and make this relative to any time zone e Team Collaboration Click on the Edit link to change the team collaboration settings for the report e Delete this Report Deletes the report presently open if the user has permission 10 1 1 Adding a Data Source Adding a data source is a multi step process that has to be repeated for each separate variable in the report In Figure 87 seven different variables will be plotted on the report so th
108. Type in a title for 113 the report and then click OK to save the quick report as a regular report Alternatively click Save amp Execute to execute the report again display it and save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen Edit the settings of this new report by clicking the Edit Report icon again This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 4 Sum of Events Report This report type produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the e mail message For each job defined as a data source all events of the selected type click through and or open up and for the selected links in the case of click through are summed up and displayed in the form of a colored bar Two types of sum can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events plots only a single event of each type for each recipient This chart will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking The Sum of all events will give an overall picture of how
109. a link is clicked it will appear in the bottom frame under Selected Link If the URL is clicked from the bottom frame a separate browser window will open to that URL This is a good way to check the validity of URLs in the message If the body is composed of plain text or the alternative text of an HTML message then all links enclosed in quotation marks and start with http or https are clickable e Right Center Frame Contains the link Track all Links a fast way to select all links for tracking Records each selected link to be tracked and an alias if one has been created Edit an alias or remove a tracked link by clicking Select Link under the URL e Bottom Frame Shows the details of the selected link and allows the user to define whether the link will be tracked or not If the links will be tracked define aliases to help distinguish different links that go to the same URL from one another The buttons in the bottom frame change depending on previous selections Figure 57 Click Through Tracking Definition LISTSERV Maestro Tracking Definition 2 Define the links in the message body to be tracked Click on a link in the body of the message in the frame below to display the details about the link in the bottom frame MAESTRO Next use the controls in the bottom frame to define the tracking details for the selected link Switch between displaying HTML m Highlight tracked links Do not hi
110. account Figure 31 Duplicate Elimination Elimination of Duplicate Recipients To avoid unnecessary and in most cases unwanted double messages to the same recipient use this page to remove duplicates from your recipient data Duplicate Elimination Options C Do not remove duplicates C Remove duplicates with the same e mail address Use my list of columns to determine duplicates Recipient Sample FNAME LNAME ADDRESS ADDRESS1 CITY STATE TEXTMSG YOB Anna maestro demo Isoft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Annak maestro demo lsoft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Bob maestro dema soft com Bob Bouchard 1313 Mocking Bird Ln Baltimore Maryland 21203 T 1984 kate maestro demo soft com Kate Kurpatick 23 Eastway Rd Brookeville MD 20833 T 1965 Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel 6410 Elliot Place Miami Florida 33018 T 1967 Evelyn maestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong 1407 Ruatan St SanJose California 95109 F 1966 Ines maestro demo l soft com Ines Ito 360 Boyd Hall Room 551 New York New York 10240 F 1962 Jocelyne maestro demo lsoft cam Jocelyne Jones 239 Periwinkle Lane Brooklyn New York 11204 T 1961 Lisa maestro demo lsoft com Lisa Lopez 6 Gentle Cir Suite 550 Miami Florida 33010 T 1959 Mirjam maestro demo lsoft com Mirjam McIntosh 5603 Albia Rd Fairfax Virginia 20851 F 1958 Cancel Click Finish to save all settings and return to the Job Details scree
111. ach row consisting of four fields The third fields in the first and last rows each have a value that contains a comma Since this comma is inside of the quote characters it is not interpreted as a separator comma but instead as part of the value of the field Values in which some contain a comma separated by comma quoted with lt gt with empty fields John Denver Colorado USA summers London UK Karl Hauser Frankfurt am Main This defines a dataset with three rows each row consisting of four fields The third fields in the first and last rows each have a value that contains a comma Since this comma is inside of the quote characters it is not interpreted as a separator comma but instead as part of the value of the field Also in each row there is an empty field Values in which some contain a comma and some the quote character separated by comma quoted with lt gt John Hammer Cool Doe Denver Colorado USA Lucy Summers London UK Karl Hauser the man Frankfurt am Main DE This defines a dataset with three rows each row consisting of four fields The third fields in the first and last rows each have a value that contains a comma Since this comma is inside of the 151 quote characters it is not interpreted as a separator comma but instead as part of the value of the field In addition the first field in the first row contains the quote character which has been escaped Including the quotes
112. acking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks 22 If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail option button is selected any additional columns that were uploaded with the file or that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 4 3 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an e mail job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients e mail addresses If LISTSERV Maestro has used an uploaded text file or a database use the drop down menu to select the E mail Column In the case of a mail merge job the drop down menu may be used to select the Name column as well this is optional If the job is sent as bulk e mail with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients Optionally type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this a
113. acters like and others In addition it contains the characters required for most West European languages like c and others 54 It is not always necessary or possible to change the charset for e mail messages Using other charsets can become quite complex especially when merged data is involved Each charset has advantages and disadvantages that are described in more detail in the online help and in Appendix B E mail and International Character Sets 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks LISTSERV provides the ability to customize mail messages for each recipient by merging in values uploaded with the recipient data or conditionally including blocks of text based on the preferences indicated in the recipient data These values are taken from columns that are present in the recipient data 5 6 1 Merge Fields To merge a field into the message simply enter the field name or header name in the case of an uploaded file used in the recipient definition and precede it with an ampersand 82 and follow it with a semi colon If the recipients data is derived from a traditional LISTSERV list not connected to a database then the only merge substitution fields available are amp TO for the e mail address and amp NAME for the name For a list of available merge fields click the link Show Merge Fields and Drop ins at the bottom of the text box on the HTML Code the AOL Code or the Text screen Copy
114. address Remember though when using a standard LISTERV sending no mail merging is possible and only blind tracking is available fip It is important to test every facet of an e mail job including bounce settings To test bounce settings send a test message to an undefined address on a mail server Look at the bounce report if LISTSERV is handling bounces and download the address to make sure it corresponds to the one used in the testing If bounces are being sent to another address go to that address and examine the bounced message fip Remember to also test both the From address and the Reply To address if one is specified To test the From address and the Reply To addresses try replying to both from the test message and examine the results TT 7 3 Running Test Reports Once a test message containing tracked data has been delivered and the test recipients have opened the message the Test Reports tab available from the Job Details screen becomes active Click on the tab to open up a definition page to generate a quick report on the test message data Quick Reports are predefined report types that create a temporary report based on the selected report settings and the active e mail job Figure 69 Test Reports Change Job Info Delete Job workflow Summary Test Reports Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Report Type Event distribution over time C Sum of events C
115. ages automatically in which case LISTSERV will handle bounced messages or select Send bounced messages to and type an e mail address in the text box to send the bounced messages to Click Cancel to return to the Manage Sender Profiles screen without saving the profile or Delete to delete the profile Sender profiles can also be created and saved from the Edit Sender Information screen available from the Workflow or Summary diagram screens See Section 7 1 Delivered Jobs Summary for more information 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements Click on Drop In Content Elements to open the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen From here it is possible to create a new drop in content element or edit an existing one For more information about the nature of drop in content see Section 5 1 Drop In Content or the online help Click the button New Drop In Element to create a new drop in or click on the name of an existing drop in to edit it Figure 117 Manage Drop In Content Elements Manage Drop In Content Elements All defined drop in content elements for your account Click on a drop in element to edit delete it or use the button to create a new element Description Date Time saved new address html New Company Address in HTML Format Aug 14 2002 03 29 03 PM new address text New Company Address in plain text Aug 14 2002 03 29 31 PM old address html Old Company Address in HTML format Aug 14 2002 0
116. agram 72 Figure 65 Tracking Definition Summary Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Summary e Tracking Summary You have specified the following e mail tracking behavior Tracking Type The tracking type unique is used Open Up Tracking Open Up Tracking is ON Glick Through Tracking Click Through Tracking has been enabled for the following URLs logo Isoft com Main Body sneak peak m Main Body advanced order http w Jsoft com Main Body Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options Defining the sender of an e mail job can take place at any point in the process of creating or editing a job It is necessary however to have sender information added to a job before delivery testing so that authorization to deliver the message can take place 7 1 Define Sender Enter sender information from the Job Details screen by clicking on the Define Sender icon in the Workflow diagram or the Edit link next to Sender in the Summary diagram Enter the sender information by loading a saved sender profile or typing in new information 7 1 1 Using Merge Fields in the Sender Information It is possible to use merge fields when entering sender information for E mail Address Sender Name and Reply To Address in order to create personalized values for each recipient Merge field values are limited to those provided in the recipients definition
117. ails and Event details has its own unique appearance Each report type also has its own set of options for viewing downloading manipulating and editing represented by four icons located at the bottom right side of each report Click on an icon to access the options of each report 109 type The icon currently in use will have a highlighted border around it Icons that are not available for a particular report type will appear grayed out and will not be clickable Table 6 Report Icons ihi View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is l possible to download report data in a zipped text file E Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how the results are displayed on the report Create Report Edit Report This icon is called Create Report only if the report is a quick report In that case the Define Report screens with a new report that is pre filled with the settings from the quick report From here it is possible to save the quick report as a normal report by clicking the OK button or by clicking the Save amp Execute button which will display the report again as well as save it as a normal report For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report as a regular report E E so this icon is d
118. ails Summary C Cancel lt Back Next gt LM Recipients Details Specify the names of the recipient identification and additional merge columns Recipient Identification Columns Supply the names of the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column email address Name Column F_name optional Additional Merge Columns The e mail column will be available as a merge field with the name TO the name column if any as a merge field with the name defined above Enter the names of the additional columns that will be used for mail merging one per row Merge Columns model num optional model_name 44 4 7 5 Summary The Summary screen lists all the selections made in the recipients wizard The sample recipient list will not show for a LISTSERV selected database because LISTSERV Maestro has no direct connection to the database and cannot obtain that information Any problems with the query statement or the column names will not be detectable until a delivery test is run so be sure and test thoroughly From here it is possible to use the lt Back button to re enter the wizard and make changes Click Finish to save the recipients definition and return to the Workflow diagram Figure 42 Summary for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source Recipients Details Summary rs Cancel lt Back Finish Su
119. all recipients that performed at least one of the actions below Open Up Action Iv The recipient did open the mail Click Through Actions The recipient clicked on one of the following links M microsoft http dgl microsoft com Select include only recipients that performed at least one of the actions below to include all those recipients who were part of the previous job and did react in the configured way opening up the mail and or clicking on a link contained in the message Select exclude all recipients that performed at least one of the actions below to include all those recipients who were part of the previous job and did not react in the configured way Next select Open Up Action and or Click Through Actions The resulting recipients list is based upon including or excluding recipients that performed a specific action in a previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 3 3 Source Details When a recipients list is generated by a reaction from a previous job the Source Details screen opens so that a time frame can be set to define the reactions of the previous recipients in relation to a time period Recipient reactions will only be considered for the new job if the fall within the time period set on this screen By default LISTSERV Maestro uses the send time of the original job as the start time and the send time of the current job as the end time By changing one or both of these defaul
120. als are not accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 0 Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM JO PM z T Time intervals The values for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary E open up Events gt 60 Bl Open Up Events Sum 60 n Click Theough Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 12 El Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 12 z EE z cias pes TN M xil ll Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com Sum 14 igh Events for link advanced order Mtpi www Isoft com Sum Click Through Events for link sneak preview text Sern Events for link sneak preview txt ac dA B ep wwere midgets com 19 Click Through Events for link advanced order text IE Slick Through Events for link advanced order text B samandar nipata namanta Sum 6 http www order_widgets_now com Eci gh Events eok http oww Isoftcom Sum 23 m Click Theough Events for link sneak peek http www Isoft com Sum Total 125 Additional Data Sources Summary Additional Data Sources Summary Wl Number of Sent Messages Sum 28 BM number of Sent Messages Sum 28 23 zm Executed Aug 19 2002 12 49 28 PM ala 0580 Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Executed Aug 19 2002 12 40 54 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20
121. and must follow the standard format of the name of the field being proceeded by an ampersand and followed by a semi colon See Section 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks for more information on using merged fields See the online help for examples of using this feature to personalize sender information It is critically important that the sender and reply to addresses resolve into authentic Internet e mail addresses when the merge fields have been replaced with corresponding data Failing to provide a valid working Internet e mail address violates the law in certain countries It will also disable the reply functionality of the e mail hurting the reputation of the sender The user must verify that merged addresses are valid LISTSERV Maestro cannot accomplish this 73 7 1 2 Bounce Handling Bounced e mail e mail that is not accepted by the receiving mail server can be handled automatically by LISTSERV or sent to another address supplied by the sender If LISTSERV handles bounces bounce details can be downloaded on the Job Summary screen Bounces can also be retrieved from a file called NOLIST jobname changelog located in LISTSERV s main directory If bounced mail is being sent to another address and not processed by LISTSERV make sure that the address is a valid e mail address Be aware that bounced mail not handled by LISTERV will not be available for reporting purposes or for easy download It
122. and times specified above Use my local time zone E Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically Cancel 7 4 3 About Auto Repeat Jobs Auto repeat jobs are made up of a sequence of identical jobs based on the first job created in the series and scheduled to be delivered at regular programmable intervals Various settings control the auto repeat sequence and these sequences can be used in many ways 7 4 3 1 Specifying the Delivery Time The delivery time of auto repeat jobs is defined using the following rules e The first job in the auto repeat sequence will be delivered at the date and time specified in the basic options of the Schedule Delivery page see Section 7 4 1 Scheduling Information for Normal Jobs 82 e Each subsequent copy of the original job will then be delivered a certain amount of time after the previous delivery which is defined in the advanced options as the Delay interval between repeated deliveries Here are some examples e If Delivery Immediately is specified and a repeat interval of 12 Hours is used for the first job and that job is authorized at 9 15h then the initial job would be delivered at 9 15h the first copy would be delivered at 21 15h the second copy at 9 15h of the next day and so on e If Deliver at 12 00h is specified and a repeat interval of 24 Hours is used or for the same effect 1 Day then one delivery each day at 12 00h would
123. are on track With your current point balance of CURRENT_POINTS you are eligible for a free watch which will leave you Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 300 points or you can collect Calc 500 amp CURRENT_POINTS more points to qualify for a digital camera ELSE Content for recipients eligible for no gifts yet Keep going You already have amp CURRENT POINTS collected Only another Calc 300 amp CURRENT POINTS points to go and you can receive a free watch Better yet save Calc 500 CURRENT POINTS more points and receive a free digital camera EB EB EB e Important note Formulas offer many more features than illustrated in the scenario above All the standard operators like and modulo can be used in any combination and even be nested with parenthesis Formulas can also work on text strings and there are a number of pre defined functions like abs min max random to date substring and more For details see Appendix G Calculation Formulas Escaping Quote Characters Some of the system drop ins allow users to include their own text for certain parameters Any user supplied text must usually be enclosed in quotation marks to distinguish it from the surrounding drop in directive text If the text itself contains the quote character anywhere quotation marks appear somewhere in the text it must be escaped so that the system drop in
124. ata for listing Download Report Result Report of type Details of Recipients that Triggered Events During the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file choose from the list below for which job s from which data source you want to download the profiles and define the column grouping and ordering you want to use Then select the file encoding to be used to format the result and click the download button Click Select to add the data source to the download Open Up Events Select 025E listing Data Source Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com Select 020225E listing Data Source Click Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com EZ Currently selected From data source Open Up Events the jobs 020225E listing Add subtract and re order Selected Columns EMAIL ID NAME COUNT selected columns The selection defines grouping and ordering Available Columns CITY EMAIL GENDER ID MODEL NUM NAME COUNT Select All IJGWIRIGEG File encoding Use for new Job Executed Aug 15 2002 05 25 06 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 04 38 00 PM 10 5 1 Downloading Recipients Details Report Data The collected data available for download is selected from the upper and lower frames of the report Data sources for tracked events are selected from the
125. ate tables graphs and other forms of reports LISTSERV Maestro comes with an easy to use Excel Add In that makes this import process a matter of a few clicks 10 7 1 Downloading the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In The add in must be installed into Excel before it can be used This step is done only once on each local computer before the add in is used for the first time If there is an existing version of the add in file from an earlier build of LISTSERV Maestro it must be removed from the local machine and the newest version installed Please see the Section 10 3 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In for instructions on how to proceed From any quick report or regular report of the type Event Distribution or Sum of Events click the Download Report icon This will open the Download Report Result screen Next click the download link located under the time zone drop down menu Click the ImportTrackerStatistics xla link to download the add in file to a local drive 124 Figure 107 Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import Microsoft Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import This page allows you to download an Excel Add In to import and visualize downloaded tracking data Note This Add In is designed for Excel 2000 and later versions Earlier versions of Microsoft Excel are not supported Download the Excel Add In ImportTrackerStatistics xla Features e Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file Let Exc
126. ation of the multiple functions that make up the definition and distribution of customized e mail messages Figure 2 LISTSERV Maestro Home Page 0 se X M ae 1 D B 3 Start New Job Resume Job 4 5 6 Outbox Ya fered Jobs Tracking Reports v 6 User settings saved profiles drop in content elements recipient target groups user password User Settings 68 1 Starts a new e mail job 2 Jobs that have been defined but not ready for delivery 3 Jobs that have been approved but not yet sent 4 Jobs that have been delivered and quick reports 5 Create tracking reports and download tracking data The center of the opening screen of LISTSERV Maestro contains six large icons that activate the major functional areas of the program e Start New Job Begins the definition of a new e mail job e Resume Job Lists all jobs that have been started but have not yet been approved for delivery Jobs listed here can be edited e Outbox Contains a listing of jobs that have been defined scheduled and approved for delivery but have not yet been sent The Outbox also lists jobs that have failed during delivery for some reason e Delivered Jobs Lists all the e mail jobs that have been delivered From here it is possible to generate quick reports on a selected delivered job e Tracking Reports Engages the reporting wizard to produce graphs and reports from the tracking data collected from d
127. ave a negative reaction to the message if they have to download large or numerous attachments Consider using a link to the information if possible instead of an attachment That way processing time is faster less bandwidth is used and the link can be tracked To attach a file to a message click the Attachments tab on the Define Content screen Click Add Attachment to browse for a file from a local drive When content from one job is copied to another job attachments are copied as part of the message content Figure 50 Define Content Attachments Define Content Define the Subject and the Body of the message Get Content from other Job OK Cancel Subject Body Plain Text C HTML Plain Text Attachments Cyberspeak doc 8375 Bytes delete download READ ME doc 35328 Bytes delete download Click the delete link to remove the attachment Click the download link to download the attachment to a local file Add Attachment 5 5 Setting the Language Character Set A character set also called charset character encoding code page or character page is a table that matches numbers the digital information sent by computers over the Internet to letters or more precisely characters Due to the nature of digital information and e mail all data 53 is reduced to numeric code there is a finite number of positions in this table to correspond to letters and other symbols of a language Th
128. b ID e Is the only account holder that can designate team members that are allowed to participate in creating the job called Team Collaboration e Is the only account besides the Administrator account that can delete a job The default job owner setting can be modified by the system administrator so that a different account within the group becomes the owner of jobs created by the initial account The first step to creating a new job is to assign it a Job Title and a Job ID Prefix A Job Title is the way individual users identify specific jobs by name The Job Title can be composed of letters and numbers and contain spaces The Job ID is generated by the system to ensure each ID is unique and is used by the system to identify each individual job Job owners can enter a Job ID Prefix The prefix will appear at the beginning of the system generated Job ID and will be separated from the generated part by a hyphen Depending on the settings of the account the Job ID prefix may already be set or limited to pre set options If a choice of Job IDs has been pre set by the system administrator a drop down menu will be available instead of the Job ID Prefix text box Use the prefix to identify jobs or group jobs for reporting or billing purposes For more on Job Titles and Job IDs see the LISTSERV Maestro online help or the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Manual Once a Job Title and Job ID have been assigned they will appear i
129. ble with text and HTML e mail messages that records each time a URL contained in the message is clicked Column A vertical set of data as in a table or spreadsheet Database A large collection of data organized for rapid search and retrieval and managed by a DBMS Database Plugin Is used to connect LISTSERV Maestro to a database and to allow the user to select recipient data from a database table in the recipient wizard The user selects the matching plugin for the database he she wants to access then provides the connection data like host name port user name password etc and LISTSERV Maestro is then able to access that database to select the recipients DBMS Stands for Data Base Management System A complex set of programs that control the organization storage and retrieval of data for many users Data is organized into fields records and files A database management system must also control the security of the database Examples of Database management systems are Oracle Sybase and Datacom A DBMS provides the possibilities for users to connect LISTSERV to a database back end and hence send out personalized messages to customers according to demographic information and preference Delimiter The character or symbol that is used to separate one item from another In text files imported into databases commas are often used as delimiters E mail Job In LISTSERV Maestro an e mail job is the creation of a custom
130. bscribers ages or birthdays Combined with conditional blocks and calculation formulas system drop ins provide a potent method for personalizing and targeting e mail messages For more information on system drop ins see the following sections in this manual e Section 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements e Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks e Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop ins e Appendix G Calculation Formulas Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro Designed specifically to work with LISTSERV 14 4 or later LISTSERV Maestro allows users to easily create and send personalized e mail messages using a web interface Incorporated into this powerful tool is a hosting component that can collect and retain recipient data by creating data tables and public web pages and a tracking component that can collect data every time a recipient opens an e mail message or clicks on a URL contained within the message LISTSERV Maestro can e Organize and store recipient data including subscription settings internally so that is can be used to send out personalized and targeted mailings e Create two different types of mailing list Hosted Recipient Lists and Hosted LISTSERV lists and from data stored internally e Produce customizable public web pages that allow people to sign on and off lists and manage their own profile data e Define a targeted group of recipients based on stored internal recipient data a LIS
131. button next to No and click OK if the test results were not acceptable This will prevent the job from being approved for delivery and allow any necessary changes to be made by bringing up the Job Details screen Select the option button next to Yes and click OK if the test results were acceptable This will allow the job to be authorized for delivery Select the option button next to Verify Later and click OK to view and verify the delivery test results later If this option is selected the job will not be approved for delivery The next time the Delivery Test icon or link is clicked from the Job Details screen the user will be returned to the Delivery Test screen Click the link Go directly to the validation page without another delivery test under Advanced Options to return to the validation screen of the test that was saved for later verification Click the option button next to Yes and then click OK to proceed 76 Figure 68 Delivery Test Results Delivery Test Delivery Test Results The test messages have already been delivered to the recipients you specified Please wait until you have received the test messages depending on the Internet connection and the e mail systems involved this may take a short while and review them to verify the messages are acceptable C NO The delivery test results are not acceptable C YES The delivery test results are acceptable C Verify Later View and veri
132. by default lt no hobby selected gt more and COUNT more The line break has been added for readability In LISTSERV Maestro this would have to be on one line If both default and more are used default must come first and more second The resulting replacement text would be different for different subscribers depending on what if anything they had selected from the list Subscribers with only a few selected values would get the correct comma and space separated list for example Cycling Poker Swimming Subscribers with too many values would get the abbreviated list with a customized ellipsis text for example Cycling Poker Windsurfing and 3 more Subscribers without any selection would get a customized default text 163 lt no hobby selected gt Multiple Selection Field Advanced Set Operators This set of operators allows for the creation of drop ins to personalized content for recipients based on their selections from the multiple selection field This is a complex yet very powerful tool that can be used to send specialized content to individual recipients based on their recipient data For example in a message to subscribers who selected a hobby or hobbies from the selection list a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations for those who selected surfing as one of their choices will be included Hobbyists without surfing as a selection will not recei
133. c cccecteccacedceactsscecsedccsatedsoeeeedderducdedcnoesebersenededendentedectecdaddvtecerdedvscecesdeaesdues s 170 EXpressliols atero ete tete atte aed ende cedi te eee ipid e qe piedi exe pisa debe dee qd ie ote iege 170 Constant Number Expressions Lei iir cte rte rre Renee eid ke gd sun e den ree E grae eer oen Pe eite 170 Constant Text Literal Expressions ibi i EA ie oH EE HR Ege d cite a 171 Standard Merge Field Expressions ssssessseeeeenneeen enne enne enne en nennen nere nnne nnns 171 Optional Merge Field Expressions niiin nnan e aaa deena i aaa ap aiea 172 Function EXPreSSIONS E AE E E E E E E E E E E E 173 Operator uc A ia 174 Operators for Number Operands codicia dec 174 Operators for Text Operands ccoo das ret cete deret choses dece ge aee Deed dade estat eed ewan doses duet 174 Operator Precedence and Parenthesis umi dde 174 Automatic Type Conversioh 2 ie Ad ve enne ede 175 Formula Functions nre re ren DEE iio 175 Date and Time Patterns dE centu 186 Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL eeeseeeseeseeeeeeeen ene nnn nnne n nnne n nnnm ann nnn nnnm ani tn nnt nn sns tn st nn san nn anneanne 190 AOL Alternative Text for HTML Messages ssssseeen e emere nnnm nenne enhn inneren inen nnns 190 AOL and Conditional CoM enteran nero e NE E PUER Rd eode 191 Appendix I Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client eeeeeeeeen
134. cally selected during the sender definition Select a report type a source data type and any additional statistics using the option buttons Click OK to continue A temporary report with the settings selected will be generated and displayed on the screen This report will not be saved it can always be run again from the Test Reports tab 79 Located at the bottom right side of the test report are four icons Each icon opens a page with different functions and options The currently selected icon will be highlighted with a blue border Unavailable icons will appear grayed out These icons appear on all test report quick report and regular report pages Table 4 Test Report Icons View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download report data in a zipped text file El i Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen E From here it is possible to change how the results are displayed and downloaded Edit Report Create Report Opens the Define Report screen From here it is fall possible to save a quick report as a normal report by clicking the Save amp Execute button For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report as a regular report so this icon is disabled grayed out For more information on quick re
135. cessary for non ASCII To header fields make sure that only ASCII characters are allowed in recipient names when creating the list or database data for these recipient types LISTSERV Maestro and Bi Directional Character Sets Of the ISO 8859 charset family there are two charsets that contain letters from languages that have a standard reading direction of right to left These are the charsets ISO 8859 6 Arabic and ISO 8859 8 Hebrew both of which are supported by LISTSERV Maestro Actually LISTSERV Maestro will not use the charsets with the names ISO 8859 6 and ISO 8859 8 but will instead use the special bi directional versions ISO 8859 6 i and ISO 8859 8 i These charsets contain the same characters as their non i suffix counterparts but the i suffix tells the receiving mail client that the text should be displayed with right to left reading direction Without the i suffix in the charset name many e mail clients would probably display the correct characters but in the for that language incorrect left to right reading direction Even with the i suffix the recipient might require a special mail client version or even a special mail client that is prepared to display text with right to left reading direction properly and is also able to properly display bi directional text text that mixes characters with left to right and characters with right to left reading direction in the case of a Hebrew text that contains English
136. charset is ASCII sometimes also called US ASCII which is a charset that maps 7 bit sequences to the 26 characters from the Latin alphabet Because 7 bits have enough room for 128 characters 0 127 there are more than the 26 Latin characters in the ASCII charset First each character appears twice as upper case and lower case then there are the ten digits 0 9 various punctuation marks like comma dot semi colon colon dash slash backslash exclamation question mark and so forth There are also other characters that can act as control characters that is characters that have special meaning to certain protocols such as and 8 Used almost as frequently at least in the western world are the charsets from the ISO 8859 family These charsets map 8 bit sequences to letters digits and characters from various European languages Hebrew and Arabic Since the ISO 8859 charsets use 8 bits they have twice the range as ASCII enough room for 256 characters 0 255 For convenience all ISO 8859 charsets contain the full range of ASCII in their lower 128 characters the bytes 0 127 from any ISO 8859 charset map directly to the corresponding ASCII character making ISO 8859 a superset of ASCII The differences of each ISO charset are in the upper 128 characters the bytes 128 255 For example SO 8859 1 mapping an alphabet suitable for West European languages has the umlauts A O and U at the positions 196 214 and
137. charset that it can use to encode the message Specify the charset to use while defining the content there is a special item for this on the content definition page or tell LISTSERV Maestro that it should attempt to automatically determine which charset is the optimal one for the text contained in the message In the latter case LISTSERV Maestro scans the written text to determine the optimal charset If the message uses characters that can be displayed with the ASCII charset the case with most English language texts LISTSERV Maestro will choose the ASCII charset If the message contains characters outside of the ASCII range but that can still be displayed with one of the supported ISO 8859 charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose the corresponding ISO 8859 charset Optionally only if LISTSERV Maestro is set to allow Unicode the message has characters that cannot be displayed with one of the ISO 8859 charsets for example Asian 146 characters or there are mixed characters from several ISO 8859 charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose Unicode as the charset Once a charset is chosen LISTSERV Maestro encodes each character as a bit sequence according to that charset The e mail that is sent is then augmented by the information of which charset was used to encode it This information is then used by the receiving mail client to decode the bit sequence into characters that can be displayed to the recipient For example with
138. cipients e mail address and namo E mail Column Email z Name Column Select 2 optional N Header Detinem ai Zoe Zimmerma rver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yeatte server company com 8787 Hartford cT Xavier Xero Xawer server company com 5454 New York NY wilfrod wondorty wiltrodipsorvor company com 9595 Now York Ny Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8767 Lansing Mi Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle TobyDservor company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Sethipserver campany com 9595 Buffalo uv If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail option button is selected any additional columns that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information Figure 36 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Cancel Source Details Recipients Details Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipien
139. cking Figure 94 Result Settings Sum of Events Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save s Execute OK cancel Title Newsletters General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the chart is calculated Total number of events O Percentage of total number of messages sent O Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if only unique events or if all events are counted Count only events unique for each recipient O Count all events 10 1 2 3 Result Settings for Recipient Details Recipient details reports are only available for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the column data from the define recipients file There are no other options available for this report type 108 Figure 95 Result Settings Recipient Details Define Report Define the settings of the report L_copy settings Save amp Execute ok cancel Title Newsletters General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events 9 Recipie
140. cks meaning that the result of a system drop in replacement can be used in a LISTSERV condition 166 To utilize the order of replacement for system drop ins and conditional blocks to the best advantage specify two very simple values to be returned in the true and false cases of the system drop in For example use the words true and false or even the digits 1 and 0 for the replacement text Next use a LISTSERV condition to check for either of these values and conditionally include the desired content or not For more information about conditional blocks see Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Some scenarios that can be used as examples that demonstrate system drop ins combined with conditional blocks are given below Line breaks that occur in the system drop ins have been added for readability only Scenario 1 If the subscribers have Diving among their hobbies listed in the multiple select field HOBBIES include an advertisement for the newest scuba gear If not do not include anything can be written as BB true Multi HOBBIES gt Diving true false The advertisement text for the Scuba gear goes here EB Q Scenario 2 If subscribers have selected any of the hobbies for which there is a special this week specials are Cycling Poker and Diving this week then include HTML formatted content describin
141. click through events into a second variable charted on the report It is only available for HTML messages Open Up and Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each of the open up and each of the click through events It is only available for HTML messages Other data sources can be added to the chart by selecting any or all of the Additional Statistics option buttons These additional data sources can provide comparison data in the chart so that it is possible to see the total number of messages sent in relation to the number of open up events that occurred for example Three Additional Statistics types are available Number of Sent Messages Adds the number of messages that were sent to LISTSERV as a constant reference value in the report Number of Unbounced Messages Adds the number of unbounced messages as a constant reference in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent and not detected as bounces by LISTSERV This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition Number of Bounced Messages Adds the number of bounced messages as a constant value in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent but were detected as bounces by LISTSERV This value can go up over time depending on the type of bounce LISTSERV detected This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automati
142. closing tags for example LoginURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to the login page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list login html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Hosted Recipient List e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Classic LISTSERV lis where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro 11 2 1 2 Unsubscribe URL The unsubscribe URL system drop in is named UnsubscribeURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example UnsubscribeURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to an unsubscribe page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list unsubscribe html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the fo
143. complete recipient list by querying the database while in the define recipients wizard The recipients will be gathered from the database and saved when the wizard is completed by clicking the Summary link Any changes in the database between the time the wizard is completed and the time the mail is sent will not be reflected Retrieving recipients Just before sending means that the database will be queried for the complete recipient list just before the mail is sent for delivery Any changes in the database that occur between the time the recipients wizard was completed and the time the mail is scheduled for delivery will be reflected Click Next gt to continue 4 6 3 Source Details There are no Source Details for recipients retrieved directly from a database by LISTSERV Maestro 4 6 4 Recipients Details On the Recipients Details screen the SQL statement is automatically executed to test its validity An operation in process screen will appear until the operation is completed Once completed a preview of 10 recipients will be displayed An error message will appear if there are any problems with the SQL statement or connection to the database If recipients will be retrieved now the SQL statement will be re sent to the database when entering the Summary screen in order to build the full recipient list If recipients will be retrieved just before sending the SQL statement will be re sent to the database right before
144. creen The Bounce Details report is comprised of color coded bars that represent the number and type of bounces The top bar displays the total number of al bounces The bars below represent the total number of bounces divided into different bounce types or reasons Bounce types are based on RFC error codes that define the characteristics of why the message bounced The codes are documented in RFC 821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol RFC 1893 Enhanced Mail System Status Codes and RFC 1894 An Extensible Message Format for Delivery Status Notifications For more information on RFCs see http www ietf org rfc html LISTSERV Maestro groups bounces into types based on these current e mail RFCs 92 The group types LISTSERV Maestro uses are e Unknown delivery errors RFC 1893 4 0 x and 5 0 x All otherwise unspecified errors e Address related errors RFC 1893 4 1 x and 5 1 x Includes errors like Unknown user at host or Unknown host e Recipient mailbox related errors RFC 1893 4 2 x and 5 2 x Includes errors like Recipients mailbox full Mailbox disabled or Mail too large e Mail system related errors RFC 1893 4 3 x and 5 3 x Includes errors like Mail system full or Message too big for system e Network related errors RFC 1893 4 4 x and 5 4 x Includes routing errors and errors like No answer from host or Bad connection e Mail protocol related errors RFC 1893 4 5 x and 5 5 x Errors on the mai
145. cted according to this locale Or you supply both the following two arguments langcode Type Text A lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale See for example http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for a list of the ISO 639 language codes countrycode Type Text An uppercase two letter ISO 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale See for example http userpage chemie fu berlin de diverse doc ISO 3166 html for a list of the ISO 3316 country codes If langcode and count rycode are specified they are used to create a locale for the given language and country and any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale Examples ToMillis February 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy parses the given date using the default U S locale ToMillis Februar 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy Germany parses the given date using the pre defined locale for Germany ToMillis februari 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy de AT parses the given date using a custom locale for language de Germany and country AT Austria 184 ToNum Function Tries to parse a number from the given Return Type text string and returns that number Generates an Number ToNum text error if the provided text string does not contain a valid number for example letters Can be used to convert a profile fie
146. d name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL y To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com Baltimore Yvette Yosel yvette server company com Hartford Xavier Xero Xavier server company com New York Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com New York Vanna VonSchedule Yanna server company com Lansing Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY 32 fip It is common practice to use a generic e mail address with a matching generic name for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic e mail address in the To field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message For jobs that are sent as mail merge jobs an additional drop down menu is available to select the name column Selecting th
147. d producing a line the reads like this surfing poker reading Additional optional parameters are available for this type of system drop in They include default CUSTOMIZED DEFAULT If a subscriber does not have any of the choices selected the drop in would normally be replaced with an empty string By setting a customized default parameter all subscribers that do not have any selections will have the text inside the quotation marks dropped into the message For example a subscriber who did not select any hobbies from the multiple selection list could have the word other dropped into the message text The drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by default other Note If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession more CUSTOMIZED ELLIPSIS Ifa subscriber s selections from the list are longer than approximatley 800 characters the enumeration will break off and be replaced with ellipsis By setting the customized ellipsis parameter any text string be be added to the enumeration field replacing the standard In addition the number of items left off the list can be added by using COUNT anywhere in the string For example a subscriber selected many hobbies from the selection field and exceeded the 800 character limit for the drop in text Setting the customized ellip
148. d recipients lists For example a monthly newsletter would change its message each month but would be sent to the same recipient list A new product announcement would contain the same message but could be sent to different recipient lists 3 2 Defining a New Job Once a new job has been created the next steps are to define the recipients of the message and create the e mail message itself unless these components are being based on an existing job Both of these operations must take place before defining any tracking data to be collected for reports Defining the sender and scheduling the delivery can take place at any time The Job Details screen displays either a Workflow or a Summary diagram These diagrams serve to guide account holders through the proper sequence of events for defining an e mail job Both of these displays chart the process of creating an e mail job and contain links that allow each procedure to be edited The Workflow diagram is a visual representation of the process of creating an e mail job Clickable icons represent each of the steps the order in which they must occur and the status of each step By clicking an icon on the Workflow diagram the account holder opens up the area in LISTSERV Maestro that defines and edits that step of the e mail job After the definition or editing has occurred the account holder will be returned to the Workflow diagram to select the next step The Summary diagram is a
149. d the recipient data If then the names of the international recipients are encoded as ASCII all non ASCII international characters will be replaced with question marks To avoid this problem use the same charset for the message body as was used for the merge data If the recipients information was uploaded as a text file then simply use the same charset for sending as was used during the initial upload And if the recipients information was selected from a database use the same charset as was used by the database ask the database administrator for this information if it is unclear 147 In summary recipients that are uploaded as a text file or are selected from a database by the Maestro User Interface merge value characters that have no representation in the charset that was chosen for the mail text will be displayed as To avoid this problem make sure the message body is encoded with the same charset as the recipient list If recipients are defined by sending to an existing LISTSERV list or by letting LISTSERV select from a database then the Maestro User Interface will not see the actual recipients or their merge values and cannot do any special charset encoding on them Instead LISTSERV will simply merge the bytes from the recipients source from the LISTSERV list or from the database LISTSERV connects to into the mail text Consequently make sure that the merge values in the original recipients source LISTSERV list or LI
150. d time has passed the job will be marked as failed with a corresponding error message and will immediately be transferred to the list of delivered jobs as explained in Section 8 1 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures For example If a job is scheduled to be delivered at 8 00h with an auto repeat delay interval of 12 hours the job is supposed to repeat itself at 8 00h and 20 00h of each day but the system is down at 84 that time then during the next system startup the job will be re scheduled from 8 00h to 20 00h Or if the next system startup occurs after 20 00h of that day the job will be re scheduled to 8 00h of the next day or even 20 00h of the next day if necessary and so on until a delivery time is found that occurs after the system startup During the whole process the job will not fail and no new job copies are created The system simply takes the job that should have been delivered earlier and re schedules it for the next available delivery time If the job was supposed to stop auto repeating itself at a time that has passed before the system startup the system will not find a next available delivery time for re scheduling In that case the job will fail with a message to that effect 7 5 Authorizing a Job for Delivery In order for an e mail job to be delivered final authorization is required After all previous requirements have been met define recipients define message define tracking define sender
151. ddress and this name no personalization is possible Figure 21 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next gt ee Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL y To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com Baltimore Yvette Yosel yvette server company com Hartford Xavier Xero Xavier server company com New York Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com New York Vanna VonSchedule Yanna server company com Lansing Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY 23 4 3 4 3 Header Definition Headers are specially defined rows in databases Headers are used by database tables to label the columns of data so tha
152. dex of subjects e NOMAIL Will deliver the message to users that currently receive no mail 18 Figure 16 Source Details for a Special Message for a LISTSERV List Define Recipients lt Back Next gt Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Source Details Use this page to specify the details about the list subscribers that shall receive the mail Specify a conditional expression that shall be evaluated by LISTSERY and check list subscription options Condition Conditions are explained in detail in the LISTSERV Developer s Guide Options M MAIL Deliver this message to normally subscribed users V DIGEST Deliver this message to subscribers who receive only a digest V INDEX Deliver this message to subscribers who receive only a topics index NOMAIL Deliver this message to subscribers who currently receive no mail Click Next gt to continue 4 2 4 Recipient Details There are no recipient details for LISTSERV Lists 4 2 5 Summary The Summary screen will display the LISTSERV List details and Recipient Details for the recipients of the job Figure 17 Summary for LISTSERV Lists Define Recipients Options Source Source Details rs Cancel lt Back Finish Summary Summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for the job LISTSERY List Details List Name INS
153. dividual users can customize their work environment and save time Preference settings can always be changed for individual jobs at the job level Click on the corresponding link to set or change preferences 138 Figure 123 User Preferences User Preferences Individual application preferences Please select the user interface part for which you want to set your individual preferences General Preferences Display Preferences Please select the job part for which you want to set your individual preferences Job Definition Recipients Definition Content Definition Tracking Definition Delivery Test Definition Schedule Definition Please select the report part for which you want to set your individual preferences Report Definition e General Preferences Select the date time and number format for the user interface from the drop down menus Figure 124 General Preferences General Preferences On this page you can set your general user interface preferences Date Format Specifiy the format that will be used for display Mon Day Year y Specifiy the format that will be used for input fields mm dd yyyy Time Format Specifiy the format that will be used for display amppn i separator zl Specifiy the format that will be used for input fields hh mm Number Format Specifiy the format that will be used for display Number format of your Locale 1 234 567
154. duce one line or bar on the graph To combine data from more than one job into a report where each job is represented by a separate line or bar a different data source for each job must be created To do this using the example above first select the type of data to include in the data source from the Type screen Next select one job from the Jobs screen Continue through the Links and General screens making the desired selections Engage the data source wizard again for the second job in the report Engage the data source wizard for a third time to create the third data source in the report The resulting graph would have three separate lines or bars each representing a different job 102 Figure 89 Data Source Jobs Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links lt Back Next gt Data Source Job Selection Select the jobs to generate reporting data Job Title Date Time of Sending O 020225C recipients2 Aug 15 2002 02 16 54 PM I 020225E listing Aug 15 2002 12 18 35 PM M NEWS 0208094 October Widget Company Newsletter Aug 15 2002 12 12 00 PM M NEWS 0208084 Widget Company September Newsletter Aug 9 2002 11 12 21 AM FT 020805B August Newsletter Aug 5 2002 12 36 03 PM ivi 0208054 Widget Company August Newsletter Aug 5 2002 11 51 19 AM Select All Unselect All Use these buttons to quickly select or unselect all jobs Click Next gt to continue The
155. e On Off Turns tracking on or off If tracking is switched off for a job the only other screen that will appear is the Summary screen Tracking Details Selects the type s of tracking behavior to record Type Selects the type of tracking to record Type Details Selects the type details Summary Generates a summary of the tracking selections for the job 6 2 Switching Tracking On To begin defining tracking for an e mail job click on the Define Tracking icon from either the Workflow or Summary diagram on the Job Details screen The On Off screen opens Select the option button Yes Enable tracking for this job and then click Next gt Figure 55 Tracking On or Off Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Cancel Back Next gt Tracking On Off Yes enable tracking for this job C No do not track this job 6 3 Tracking Details Determine which type or types of recipient behavior to track on the Tracking Details screen LISTSERV Maestro will track two different types of recipient interaction with a message Open Up and Click Through tracking Open Up Tracking LISTSERV Maestro will register each time an e mail message is opened by its recipient and will log each event together with date time and recipient information who opened the e mail Open up tracking is only available for HTML messages Click Through Tracking LISTSERV Maes
156. e Description elect Plain Text or ex Type Database Ee to reflect the file contents The drop in contains Any nested drop ins are enclosed in and Database Plugin selet r Select the database plugin SQL Stat t Soon MySQL Driver Database Plugin Enter a SQL statement ig essa statemen Click this link to test the SQL statement Cancel Delete Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in 11 2 1 System Drop ins System drop ins are special drop in content elements that are named and controlled by LISTSERV Maestro System drop ins are only available for mailing lists that derive their recipients from data hosted by LISTSERV Maestro They make it possible to include login and unsubscribe links to specific lists in the message are well as use other recipient data to create personalized messages The names of system drop ins start with an asterisk System drop ins need to be enclosed in the drop in opening and closing tags just like normal drop ins and drop in usage needs to be 133 enabled for the mail content otherwise the system drop ins will be ignored and will not be replaced 11 2 1 1 Login URL The login URL system drop in is named LoginURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in en
157. e Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins for details Examples example this is a text string This string contains quotes which are therefor Scaped this string has three spaces at the beginning and end Standard Merge Field Expressions Restriction Standard merge field expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in one of the following contexts e Inthe condition tree of a Hosted Recipient List target group e Ina Calc system drop in of a job with the recipients type Uploaded CSV text file or LISTSERV Maestro selects from a Database or Target Group if the target group is based on either of the two above or on a Hosted Recipient List If the system drop in is used in a job with a different recipient type the formula must not contain any merge field expressions if it does an error message will appear during test delivery Type Standard merge field expressions can either be of type number or of type text depending on their context and content see the Type Determination below for details Usage To include a standard merge field in a formula type the merge field name enclosed in amp and Only merge field names that are actually defined in the recipient list can be used Examples amp NAME amp STATE amp ACCOUNT BALANCE Type Determination Whenever a merge field appears in a formula it will first be replaced with the fi
158. e Section 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job 5 3 1 Alternative Text for HTML Messages To add a plain text alternative to an HTML message follow these steps 1 Select the HTML with Alternatives option button next to Body on the Define Content screen 2 Check the box next to Text Format This activates the additional tabs Text Preview and Text 3 Click on the tab labeled Text to add the alternative text message The message can be uploaded pasted or keyed directly into the box 4 Click the Text Preview tab to see what the message looks like to recipients Any drop in content elements will be automatically added into the body of the text message 51 Any trackable links in the alternative text message must be enclosed within quotation marks the same way as the trackable plain text message links are enclosed Merge fields and drop in content can be used in this format as described in Sections 5 1 Drop in Content and 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks Note A second check box for an AOL alternative may appear on the same line as the text alternative check box In most instances this is an obsolete setting but more information on formatting LISTSERV Maestro content for older versions of AOL browsers can be found in Appendix H 5 3 2 Conditional Content In the event that recipient data is available that somehow determines the format each recipient prefers to receive that data can be
159. e data source wizard was engaged seven times to record each one To begin defining a data source click on the Data Sources tab 100 Figure 87 Define Report Data Sources Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute OK Cancel Title Tracking data for listing General Settings Data Sources Result Settings The following data sources have been defined for this report Data Source Description EN Open Up Events Open Up 1 Job Click Through Events for Click Through 1 Job 1 Link nk logo http www Isoft com Click Through Events for Click Through 1 Job 1 Link Click Through Events for Click Through 1 Job 1 Link Click Through Events for Click Through 1 Job 1 Link nk advanced order http www Isoft com nk sneak preview text http www widgets com elete nk advanced order text http www order widgets now com delete Click Through Events for Click Through 1 Job 1 Link Number of Sent Messages Sent Messages 1 Job delete nk sneak peek http www Isoft com delete Add Data Source e Data Source Description Lists the defined data sources available for use in a report Click on the title of the data source to open the data source wizard and edit the selections Click on the copy link to make a copy of the data source Click on the delete link to delete the data source
160. e eee ine aa ere ace 9 Figure 7 Team Collaboration Screen iine ineunte a Ae 9 Figure 8 Define Recipients Options Screens for Target Groups ooocccccnnoccconoconcnononcncnnnoncnn non nn nano nn nn nano emnes 12 Figure 9 Source Screen for Recipient target groups ssssssssseeeeeene enm nennen nene enne nnns 13 Figure 10 Drop Down Menu Recipient target QrOUP cccocococccccnnccccononononnnnncnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnannnnnnnrnnnnnannnnns 14 Figure 11 Multiple Parameters Recipient target group ssssssssssssssssseseeneneeerenen nnne nnne nre n nter nns s innere 14 Figure 12 Options for an Existing LISTSERV List enm eene NEE Enak nene enne nnns 15 Figure 13 Define Recipients from a LISTSERV List ssssssseeeeeneeene enm ennemi enne nnns 16 Figure 14 Source Details for LISTSERV List Topics oooononcccnnnocinnnoccccnonannnnnonononnnon cnc nano cnn rro mnes 17 Figure 15 Source Details for a LISTSERV List with Topics ssseeee emere 18 Figure 16 Source Details for a Special Message for a LISTSERV List semen 19 Figure 1 7 Summary for LISTSERV Lists iceetn tactic ierit protesi he tix a basan en eaaa eaaa Arisa Reana Einni 19 Figure 18 Options for Reaction to a Previous Job ssssesseeeeen eene nnne nnn en nere enne nnns 20 Figure 19 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job sssssseeeene emm eene 21 Figure 20 S
161. e mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Hosted Recipient List e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Classic LISTSERV lis where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Tip Include the unsubscribe URL system drop in in e mail messages so that recipients can easily leave your mailing list Multiple Selection Fields Normally multiple selection fields cannot be used for mail merging Mail merging is only compatible with fields that have a single value Any field that was defined to allow subscribers to select more than one choice is classified as a multiple selection field To work around this situation a system drop in has been introduced to allow merging the information from a multiple selection field into the text of a message This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is a target group of the type Based on Hosted Recipient List There are three different versions of this drop in which provides access to the multiple fields in different ways e Multiple Selection Field Count The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD NAME count Replace FI
162. e name column is optional but it can be used to make the message more personalized see figure 29 Figure 29 Recipients Details for Uploaded text File with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary C Cancel lt Back Next gt LM Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email x Name Column Select f optional yN Header Definil Email N Model_num ame City Zoe Zimmermal E reg erver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com 9595 Buffalo NY 4 5 4 3 Header Definition When Use addi
163. e zone RFC 822 time zone 0800 187 Note The value of calendar week in year and calendar week in month depends on the locale that is used The locale determines the conventions about which weekday is interpreted as the first day of the week usually Monday or Sunday and under which circumstances a week that falls partially into one year or month and partially into the next is interpreted as belonging to the one year or month or the other Note The weekday ordinal in month indicates the ordinal number of the weekday of the given date time in the given month For the first Monday in a month the ordinal is 1 as it is for the first Tuesday Wednesday and so on For the second Monday in a month the ordinal is 2 and so on Presentation Description Pattern letters are usually repeated as their number determines the exact presentation e Text For formatting if the number of pattern letters is four or more the full form is used otherwise a short or abbreviated form is used if available For parsing both forms are accepted independent of the number of pattern letters e Number For formatting the number of pattern letters is the minimum number of digits and shorter numbers are zero padded to this amount For parsing the number of pattern letters is ignored unless it is needed to separate two adjacent fields e Year For formatting if the number of pattern
164. ear in the message by specially defined tags The tags surround the name of the drop in content element creating a drop in placeholder This placeholder will be replaced by actual content at the time the message is sent It is possible to see what the drop in will look like within the context of the message by clicking any of the preview tabs Text Preview HTML Preview or AOL Preview see Figure 43 Figure 44 Drop In Content Settings Drop In Content Settings Enable or disable the drop in content function for the job To create a new drop in content element or edit an existing one go to User Settings then click on the Drop In Content Elements link If drop in content is enabled define the opening and closing tags that are used to enclose drop in content placeholders so that LISTSERV Maestro can recognize them For example if the opening tag is and the closing tag is you would create a drop in placeholder that looked like this PLACEHOLDER_NAME C Disable drop in content for this job Enable drop in content for this job Use the following placeholder tags Opening tag itt Closing tag n OK Cancel The default setting for drop in content tags are double open and closed curly brackets and Y An example of a drop in content placeholder using the default settings would be company_address Itis possible to change the open and closed tags to other characters but
165. ecipients Text File located under the heading Define recipients The text file may contain columns of data with or without a header row The system administrator may limit the availability of this option or may limit the size of the uploaded file Figure 24 Options for Uploaded Text File Define Recipients Source E Back Next gt L3 Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Define recipients Upload a Recipients Text File C Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 5 2 Source The Source screen that opens contains two options Define recipients now and Load recipients just before sending from a server file By selecting the option Define recipients now the link Upload a recipients file is enabled Click this link to upload a text file from a local drive Browse for the file on a local drive and select the encoding for the file if necessary For more information on encoding see Appendix B E mail and International Character Sets Once a file had been uploaded information about that file will appear on the screen The link to upload a file will change to Upload a different file after one file has been successfully uploaded to the system Selecting the opt
166. ed as text files or selected from the database by the Maestro User Interface then the use of the name in the To header field does not fall under the constraints regarding charsets and text merging The name in the To header field will always be encoded with the charset that is optimal for exactly this name Users may safely write an e mail message in English and send it to international recipients Each recipient will see his or her name with the correct characters in the To header This means that a German recipient will correctly see umlauts a Russian will see Cyrillic and a Greek will see Greek letters under the condition that the original recipient list was in Unicode format and contained the names of the recipients with their respective international characters Just remember that with such a mixed language list of recipients merge values you should not also merge the name into the text body itself unless the text is encoded as Unicode UTF 8 as well due to of the problems described earlier When using recipients that are defined by sending to an existing LISTSERV list or by letting LISTSERV select from a database then again the bytes from the name merge value will be merged into the To header correctly by LISTSERV without the Maestro User Interface having a chance to encode them And because it is very improbable that the names the byte sequences representing them already contain the special MIME header encoding ne
167. ed in an HTML message they must be enclosed within quotation marks Most HTML editors will do this automatically but it is possible to create a link without quotation marks that will be read in Internet Explorer this browser is very forgiving of HTML coding errors If in doubt or if there is trouble selecting a tracking definition for a seemingly good link double check the HTML coding of the links An example of correct coding appears below lt a href http www lsoft com gt Link text goes here lt a gt Omitting the quotation marks would result in incompatible coding for LISTSERV Maestro tracking as in the example below lt a href http www lsoft com gt Link text goes here lt a gt In order to upload HTML files into LISTSERV Maestro it is necessary to have the Microsoft Java Virtual Machine MS JVM or Sun Microsystem s The Java Virtual Machine JVM installed This ensures that any accompanying image files for backgrounds banners icons diagrams and pictures will be automatically uploaded with the source code Most Windows systems manufactured before 2003 already have MS JVM already installed If a system does not download The Java Virtual Machine from http java sun com getjava index html The first time a file is uploaded after the Java Virtual Machine is installed a Security Warning dialogue box will appear asking for permission to use the L Soft applet to upload HTML Grant permission If the box Always tr
168. ed may use them to build a recipient list for an e mail job The data administrator will set up target groups based on available data and will decide what the target group functionality will look like check boxes drop down menus or a combination For information on how to create target groups see the Data Administrator s Manual There are many advantages to using recipient target groups e They can be fixed pulling recipients in a predefined fashion such as all males or all cat owners above age 40 e They can include parameters giving the account holder the freedom to select a sub set of data such as all customers in a certain country where country is a list of countries that the user can select from e The account holder does not have to know how to query the data the data administrator programs the query that retrieves data from the database freeing the user from this task e They are reusable target groups can be reused on different jobs 4 1 1 Options The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the option button Send to a Recipient target group and then click Next gt 11 Figure 8 Define Recipients Options Screens for Target Groups Define Recipients Options Source SA Cancel lt Back Next gt Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients Send to a Recipients Target Group
169. ed with the file or that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 4 5 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an e mail job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients e mail addresses Use the drop down menu to select the E mail Column If the job is sent as bulk e mail with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients see figure 28 Optionally type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible Figure 28 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next gt CNS Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address an
170. ee General time zone Time zone given as RFC 882 4 digit notation see RFC 822 time zone Examples The following examples show how date and time patterns are interpreted in the default U S locale with the U S Pacific Time time zone The given date and time are 2001 07 04 12 08 56 local time in that time zone Date and Time Pattern Result yyyy MM dd G at HH mm ss z 2001 07 04 AD at 12 08 56 PDT EEE MMM d yy Wed Jul 4 01 h mm a 12 08 PM hh ow veldoek ay ueezt 12 o clock OM Pacific Daylight Time K mm a z 0 08 PM PDT yyyyy MMMMM dd GGG hh mm aaa 02001 July 04 AD 12 08 PM EEE d MMM yyyy HH mm ss Z Wed 4 Jul 2001 12 08 56 0700 yyMMddHHmms sZ 010704120856 0700 189 Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL Recipients who use older AOL e mail clients version 5 0 and older cannot receive HTML messages but can receive AOL Rich Text messages AOL Rich Text is a specialized e mail format that uses a sub set of HTML tags to create text formatting Rich Text is not compatible with newer AOL e mail clients and sending Rich Text formatted mail to newer AOL clients will cause formatting errors Images cannot be embedded in Rich Text but Rich Text can contain links to image files located on another server AOL Alternative Text for HTML Messages To include recipients using older AOL e mail clients create an
171. eeernnennnnennnnnnnnn 193 A edere mene RE dede d dine aede 193 HITME Upload oou t eS 193 Twenty Tips for Establishing a Successful E Mail Marketing Campaign eene 195 Tables Table 1 Navigational ICONS uri ms 3 Table 2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Linked and Embedded Files ooooononocccccnnnnnnonococcccncconananonccnncnnnnnnno 51 Table 3 Types of Tracking Available Based on Recipient Definition ssseeee e 69 Table 4 Test Report e oa ME dd ar li Ma Malan cae 80 Table 5 Delivered Jobs Report ICoOnis e iri itte dee a deeds 96 Table 6 REPOrt ICOMS His 110 Table 7 Conditional Directives 5 2 2 13 ti ederent epe Ted eden Fema aa tote Gb eate E edente rino eae 154 Table 8 Conditional Operators cecccchsha desde beet ica E 157 Table 9 AOL Rich Text Formatting Tags i oce derriere oda 190 Figures Figure 1 LISTSERV Maestro Login Sereen entend tme n red thee do ed ned ende snb o cease dee ied sede dn ee 2 Figure 2 LISTSERV Maestro Home Page cuicos d tee e RETE era dn es 3 Figure 3 Start New Job Scr en oie iaa 5 Figure 4 Workflow Diagram on Job Details Screen sssssesssesseenene nennen enne nennen ener nnne nns 7 Figure 5 Summary Diagram from the Job Details Screen sssssess eene eene nennen nnne nns 8 Figure 6 Change Job Information Screen erecasecneen esee teniente beenden eite nene o
172. eholder in the message Name Description Type g The drop in contains C Plain Text C HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed gi Text Select Plain Text or HTML Text for the formatting of the drop in HTML Text supports the use of HTML tags such as lt br gt for a line break for pelis rd ls Plain Text does not support the use of HTML tags d Click this link to open a new browser window to test the formatting of the drop in Cancel Delete in its appropriate message part File The content of this type of drop in element is loaded from a text file that is accessed by a file name defined here The file itself must be accessible from the server and not a local file on a workstation computer See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Guide or the system administrator for more information Figure 119 Edit Drop In Content Element File Edit Drop In Content Element Enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Name Description elect Plain lext or ex Type He El to reflect the file contents The drop in contains Any nested drop ins are enclosed in and t Enter the path and file name File Name File Encoding West European ISO 1 y Select the file encoding be Nama Click this link to test the file name N ote The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERY Maestro OK Cancel Delete URL The content of
173. el create a new workbook with the data from a previously downloaded tracking data file and generate a chart from the imported values e Convert the current worksheet Let Excel create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet How to install e Select Add ins from the Tools menu to open the Add Ins dialog Click on the Browse button and select your copy of ImportTrackerStatistics xla e After you have closed the Add Ins dialog a new toolbar with one icon to start the import dialog will appear 5 10 7 2 Installing the LISTSERV Maestro Add In into Excel Follow the steps described below to install the add in into Microsoft Excel 2000 or later 1 Open up Excel 2 From the Tools menu select the Add Ins It may be necessary to click on the small arrow symbol at the bottom of the menu to make the command visible A dialog box opens that lists all available add ins Click the Browse button in that dialog box Figure 108 Installing Tracker Add In Ed Microsoft Excel Eile Edit View Insert Formal Data Window Help Acrobat Analysis ToolPak VBA Autosave Add in Conditional Sum Wizard Euro Currency Tools Internet Assistant VBA x pdate Add in Links Updates links to XL4 add in Functions integrated in XL 3 A file selection dialog box opens Navigate to the folder where the downloaded file was saved and then click OK 4
174. eld value for the current recipient before the result of the formula is calculated for that recipient To be able to do this calculation the expression s type is determined as follows e Ifthe formula is used in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group then the type of each merge field is already defined by the profile field s type which was defined during creation of the associated hosted recipient list 171 Profile fields of type Number have the expression type number Profile fields of type Text have the expression type text Profile fields of type Single Selection have the expression type text Profile fields of type Boolean and Multiple Selection are not allowed to be used in formulas at all This determination of the type is already done during parsing of the formula e If the formula is used in a Calc system drop in with the recipients types uploaded CSV text file or LISTSERV Maestro selects from a database then the type of the field is determined by the field s content as follows If the field s content can be interpreted as a number the type number will be used If it cannot be interpreted as a number or is empty the type text will be used empty content will become an empty text string Consequently to use the merge field in a location of the formula where a number type is required ma
175. elivered messages e User Settings Stores information about sender profiles and drop in content elements Also listed here are individual user preferences and change password options These icons are repeated along the left side of every screen for navigational purposes Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an E mail Job Creating and sending customized e mail messages with LISTSERV Maestro is a multi step procedure Some of the steps can be done at any time during the process of defining an e mail job and other steps are dependent on the completion of previous steps e Anew job is started and assigned a title and a job ID e The message is created and recipients are defined e Tracking is set up if desired e The sender of the message is defined e Testing takes place e The message is scheduled for delivery e Final approval is recorded and when the scheduled time arrives the message is delivered e Tracking data if requested can then be retrieved as messages are received and opened by recipients 3 1 Starting a Job To begin creating a new e mail job click the icon Start New Job By default the individual who initiates a new e mail job becomes the owner of that job A job owner e Automatically has the rights privileges to all the different functions of the job from assigning a job title to final approval for delivering the message e Is the only account holder that can change the Job Title and Jo
176. en iuen aiena inae aaa iana enn en nennen enne ern en tenes enne nnns 73 Figure 66 Sender Information cima A A ici da id 75 vii lale USADAS ADII 76 Fig re 68 Delivery Test Res lts insun cance nda Aste 77 Figure 69 Test Repo red 78 Figure 70 Scheduling Delivery iniecit bond pde ed caste De red eR Ra coe d qu pce E 81 Figure 71 Advanced Scheduling Options sssssssesese ener nne n encerrar rn rre enn nein 82 Fig re 2 Authorizing BellVety siio a A ia 85 Figure 73 Auto Repeat Re Authorization ooocooonccnnoncccnnnoccnononannnononnncnnnoncnn nono cnn nao rra rre 87 Figure 74 Auto Repeat Authorization for a New SequenCe ooooocciconcccconocccnnononcnnnonnnnnnnonnnn nono enemies 87 xe EAR O DO 88 Figure 76 Outbox Job Details 1 ine Ec it Lr a A coe ded deed e 90 Figure 77 Delivered JOBS uti oe o ee aaa ue 91 Figure 78 Delivered Jobs Summary 1er ctn etre rne A ID 92 Fig re 79 Bounce Detalls 2 mee eL ee ee e I EP ee E ec eee E Nee EE d aee pe 93 Figure 80 Delivered Jobs Quick Reports niece cine pedet tte idi ene dea Ven ete dentro eed aret 94 Figure 81 Line Chart Report of Events Distributed Over Time sssssee eene emen mener 97 Figure 82 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Events Count emm eene 97 Figure 83 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique
177. ent job as long as tracking has been switched on for the job in question Quick Reports are predefined report types that create a temporary report based on the selected report settings and the active e mail job Figure 80 Delivered Jobs Quick Reports Delivered Job Details Detailed information about the selected job Team Collaboration Delete Job Summary Reports Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Report Type Event distribution over time C Sum of events C Event details Cc Recipient details Show Report Over C Open Up events C Click Through events all links bundled C Click Through events all links separate C Open Up events and Click Through events all links bundled Additional Statistics v Number of Sent Messages FT Number of Unbounced Messages FT Number of Bounced Messages Creating a quick report is a multi step process First select the type of report to create LISTSERV Maestro can produce four basic types of reports depending on the type of recipients and recipient data used in the job e Event distribution over time This report type produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and events are charted on the y axis For more information on event distribution reports see Section 10 2 1 Event Distribution Report e Sum of events This report type produces a bar graph
178. eport Create Report Edit Report This icon is called Create Report only if the report is a quick report In that case the Define Report screens with a new report that is pre filled with the settings from the quick report From here it is possible to save the quick report as a normal report by clicking the OK button or by clicking the Save amp Execute button which will display the report again as well as save it as a normal report For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report as a regular report so this icon is disabled grayed out If an existing report from the reports list is executed by clicking its title or by clicking the Save amp Execute button this icon is called Edit Report The Define Report screen opens but a new report is not created the existing report is simply opened the same way it is opened from the report list when the Edit link next to the report title is clicked For more information on creating and editing reports see Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports in this guide 96 Figure 81 Line Chart Report of Events Distributed Over Time Report Tracking data for listing cking data for listing 72 48 P 54 36 5 v E E PAE A pentyl aes 5 T o 2 E E AE RIA ES EJ z EE s 18 gt 12 Bg ee pee m y ad 56 zz o From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM To Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Time intervals The values for the interv
179. er subscribers Note Even though mathematically the empty set is always a subset of every other conceivable set with regards to the subset operator in LISTSERV Maestro this is not so In LISTSERV Maestro if a subscriber has not selected any choices first set is the empty set then the subset operator will always yield false Combining System Drop ins with Conditional Blocks The special set operator system drop in described here is especially useful when used in combination with LISTSERV s conditional blocks When observing the raw drop in one text that will be used for replacement for subscribers who fulfill the condition and one text that will be used for replacement for all other subscribers who do not fulfill the condition are always required However there are also possible scenarios such as If subscribers have Diving among their hobbies include an advertisement for the newest scuba gear If not do not include anything additional content Other times a scenario could call for the text for one or both conditions to be very long or involved This is usually not possible using a system drop in since everything must be written on a single line For these types of scenarios combining a system drop in with conditional blocks can be the right solution The advantage of using this method is that system drop ins will be replaced before the content is evaluated for conditional blo
180. er case the number will first be converted into a text before the operator or function is applied For this conversion the number value is simply converted into the corresponding string representation for example the number 157 becomes the text string 157 Formula Functions The following tables describe the functions that are available for use in LISTSERV Maestro formulas Abs Function Returns the absolute value of the given Return Type number argument Number Abs arg Arguments arg Type Number The argument whose absolute value is to be determined Examples Abs 10 Abs amp VALUE Abs 30 amp ACCOUNT 2 175 CurrentMillis CurrentMillis Function Returns the current time in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT Return Type Number Arguments None Examples CurrentMillis IndexOf Function Searches for an appearance of the text searchtext in the given text Returns the zero based index of the first appearance of searchtext or 1 if none was found Optionally a zero based start index can be specified with the effect that the search in text will not start at the beginning of text but at the character position specified by start index Return Type Number Arguments text Type Text
181. erefore different charsets have been developed to correspond to the different letters and symbols for different languages A charset will not translate one language to another it only encodes data to match positions in the table to specific characters For example in the charset ISO 8859 1 matching an alphabet suitable for West European languages the position number 196 represents the umlaut The same position 196 using the charset ISO 8859 7 the Greek alphabet matches the Greek letter A As a result the same position number in the table will result in different characters being displayed depending on the charset used for the encoding For more information on this subject see Appendix B in this guide LISTSERV Maestro defaults to the ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 character set for encoding e mail messages unless a different default setting has been preset by the system administrator LISTSERV Maestro supports other charsets and if users are given the right to use other character sets an active link will appear at the end of the sentence Language Mail will be sent with language charset for on the Define Content screen The link will be different depending on whether a different selection has previously been made The default link is West European Latin 1 charset ISO 8859 1 To choose a different charset click the active link after Language The Language Charset Settings screen will open Select a charset from the drop down me
182. erver Recipients Edit Recipient List Type List will be loaded from a text file just in time before sending Duplicate Handling No duplicates will be removed Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Content Edit Subject Recall of Widget 5454 Mail Type HTML Alternatives Text Format List of Attachments lt no attachments defined gt Tracking Edit Open Up Tracking ON Click Through Tracking ON Tracking Type Anonymous Sender Edit E mail Address managerOwidgets com Sender Name Dorothy Reply To Address Bounce Address Handle bounced messages automatically Test Status Test Test result lt not tested gt Delivery Edit Delivery Settings Send at Aug 8 2005 12 00 00 PM Team Collaboration Edit Recipients Definition beth Message Authoring beth Tracking beth Scheduling beth Testing beth francoise nathan nelson Delivery beth Use in Reports beth francoise nathan nelson Click on the Edit link adjacent to each function to enter or change existing settings If the Edit link is not clickable it will appear grayed out or a lighter color This means that a preceding step has not been successfully completed or the user does not have permission to execute that step 3 5 Team Collaboration The Change Job Info button is located at the top of the Job Details screen displaying the Workflow diagram Clicking this button will allow the Job Title and Job ID Prefix to be changed A Team Collabo
183. es as well as a set of symbols and other useful characters LISTSERV Maestro offers Unicode in the form of its UTF 8 variant UTF 8 is a transfer encoding for the 16 bit Unicode charset which maps Unicode characters to one two or more bytes in a way that more common characters like ASCII characters need fewer bytes than uncommon characters Again for convenience the first 128 characters of Unicode 0 127 are the same as in the ASCII charset while the first 256 characters 0 255 are the same as in ISO 8859 1 West European A large percentage of all other letters of world languages are assigned values from 256 to 65535 although not even the large range of Unicode is enough to accommodate all letters from all languages LISTSERV Maestro and International Character Sets What happens when international characters are used in e mail messages written and delivered in LISTSERV Maestro Internally LISTSERV Maestro uses pure Unicode allowing for the mixture of any characters in e mail including the subject line and any data merged from uploaded files or selected from a database as long as there is a way of inputting them For some languages this simply requires the installation of a special keyboard and display driver for that language Other languages such as Asian languages may require a special keyboard this depends on the language and on the computer s operating system For sending LISTSERV Maestro needs to decide on a
184. es of jobs are provided below 7 4 3 3 Dynamic Recipients Example A bank or credit union could employ dynamic recipient lists for sending a generic Your account balance is negative warning message on the first of each month to only those recipients who have a negative account balance on that day To set up such an auto repeat job create a job with static content telling the recipients that their account balance is negative possibly using the balance value as a merge field pulled from the customer database Use a recipient definition that is just in time and that selects exactly those recipients from the database where the account balance is negative Next schedule this job to be delivered at a certain hour of the first day of the next month with a repeat interval of 7 Month After the initial authorization of that first job the mail would automatically go out at the set hour of the first of each month to only the recipients with a negative account balance 7 4 3 4 Dynamic Content Example A weather report service could employ dynamic content to automatically mail the daily weather forecast to all subscribers on their list To set up this type of auto repeat job create a job with 83 content that uses a drop in that pulls the text of the daily forecast from a suitable source for example from a web server Next schedule this job to be delivered at a certain hour of the next day with a repeat interval of 1 Day Before se
185. et so the plotted data continuously accumulates until events stop and a plateau is reached Alternatively events occurring over time can be reflected as unaccumulated numbers plotting the data as a series of peaks and valleys 110 Figure 97 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations Event distribution over time chart with accumulation of events Report Tracking data for listing Event distribution over time chart with non accumulation of events 72 54 36 Number of events 18 From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM x Time interval s Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM The values for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary lll Open Up Events Sum 60 E Click Through Events for link logo http www lsoft com Sum 12 Wi Click Through Events for link advanced order http eww Isoft com Sum 14 O vans fer link sneak preview text Sun dg Jg Click Through Events for link advanced order text SUm 5 http www order widgets now com Wi Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www Isoft com Sum 23 Tutar 123 Additional Data Sources Summary Wl Number of Sent Messages Sum 28 Executed Aug 19 2002 12 40 54 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM 48 36 N No accumulation over time S Number of events Fi 1 Aug 15 20
186. etail Expressions Operands can be of the type number or of the type text They can appear in different shapes which are described in the following sub sections For number type expressions the number can be any integer number in the range 9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 Floating point numbers are not possible in LISTSERV Maestro formulas The text can be any character string for text type expressions Constant Number Expressions Restriction None Constant number expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant number expressions are as the name implies always of the type number Usage To include a constant number in a formula simply type the number using only the digits 09 do not use as a thousands separator or as a decimal point Negative numbers must have a leading minus sign Examples 1 0 537 1 7 007 170 Constant Text Literal Expressions Restriction None Constant text literal expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant text literal expressions are as the name implies always of the type text Usage To include a text literal in a formula type the characters desired and denote the beginning and the end of the text literal by enclosing the whole string in quotation marks lt gt There must not be any linebreaks in the text string Since the text literal must be quoted it must also follow the rules for quote escaping Se
187. ext Message with Conditional Blocks Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these credits on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at amp PERS_URL Special offer for people who turn 18 bb age 18 Now that you are 18 you can finally do what you have been waiting for all your life sign up for your very own XYZweb online cash management account We are waiving the first year s fee if you apply within the next 2 weeks Apply now at http www XYZWeb com bday 1234 amp 18badgrz eb Two randomly selected peopl very day get a free T shirt Note amp index is randomized with every run If we ran the job twice the prize would go to different people bb amp index lt 2 Congratulations You have won a free XYZweb T shirt o els Another 10 randomly selected people get a free baseball cap bb amp index gt 2 and amp index lt 12 Make that a free pair of sunglasses in Texas bb amp country USA and amp state TX Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses else Congratulations You have won a fr XYZweb baseball cap eb eb Special for AOL users gelo meza fal ceu Did you know that you can access XYZweb s store directly fr
188. f Unbounced Messages The total sum is as the different necessaniy restricted to only uneque events ources might cover overlapping event sets Executed Sep 30 2002 11 00 34 AM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM k Through Events for link advanced order text http www order widgets now com Sum 26 Sum 9 Sum 13 Sum 8 Sum sj Sum 20 Total 01 Sum 28 60 12 14 10 6 23 28 o 15 30 Event Data Sources Summary For each data source bar all events are counted Bl Open Up Events Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com W Click Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoft com Glick Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com i Click Through Events for link advanced order text http www order_widgets_now com Wi Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www Isoft com Additional Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Unbounced Messages Total 125 Sum Report Sum of Events 60 NUDE of Al Events e 60 12 14 10 6 23 28 Executed Sep 30 2002 02 20 27 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Figure 101 Sum of Events Report Variations Sum of Unique Events as Percentages Sum of All Events as Percentages 28 17 72 100 bi E Percentage of Unique Events The
189. f there is any question about the information required contact the data administrator or the system administrator This longer version of the Source screen will automatically open skipping the shorter version if the new job is copied from a previous job with the same settings or if the user returns to the Source screen from another link in the recipients wizard The wizard does not have to be completed in order to keep the plugin selected Figure 34 Long Source Screen for Define Database Connection Define Recipients Options Source Cancel lt Back Next Source Information about the recipients source in a database Database Connection Database Plugin r Driver Database MySQL Driver Database Plugin y Database Name Contact your system MySQL User Name administrator or data Password administrator for help with these fields Database Host Name TCP IP Port SQL Statement Add a SELECT statement here Contact your data administrator for help creating a SQL statement The recipients will be retrieved Now Just before sending 37 Enter the SQL statement query in the text box provided Depending on the database variations in SQL syntax may need to be considered especially if the query returns with an error Below the query text box are option buttons to determine when to execute the query against the database Retrieving recipients Now means building a
190. fy the result of the delivery test at a later time fip It is useful to have a good understanding of the actual recipient data when putting together a test If the message contains merged fields then study those fields in the actual data what are the shortest and longest instances of those fields Are those fields ever empty Next make sure to send tests that have values of the shortest and longest lengths and empty fields if appropriate to make sure that the message layout looks correct in all cases It is sometimes necessary to change the layout or use conditional blocks to accommodate special cases If using conditional blocks make sure that the test cases exercise every possible condition being especially cautious about the formatting when working with HTML messages fip Send test messages to e mail accounts running different e mail clients A message that looks fine in one client may look messy or unreadable in another fip The recommended method for testing mailings that have the recipients defined from a LISTSERV list and are being sent a standard list message is to create a clone of that list within LISTSERV such as TEST listname Make sure that the entire list configuration is exactly duplicated including customized templates especially the top and bottom banners if these are defined Subscribe only the test recipients to the test list On the Delivery Test screen enter the full address of the test list as the sole test
191. g the special s If not include some other HTML formatted content of a general nature This can be written as linebreaks in the drop in added for readability only BB 1 Multi HOBBIES amp Cycling Poker Diving 1 on lt hl gt Weekly Hobbies Special lt h1 gt lt p gt Did you know that our current Weekly Hobbies Special covers some of the hobbies you are interested in lt p gt lt p gt Check it out at lt p gt etc ELSE lt hl gt General Text lt h1 gt lt p gt General text goes here lt p gt SEC EB Formula Calculation The name of this system drop in is Calc The name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling followed by a valid mathematical formula and the appropriate enclosing tags for example Calc ToDate SubscribeTimeMillis MMMM dd yyyy will return a drop in that reads the date the subscriber signed on to the list Merge fields from subscriber data can be combined with other merge fields or number or text constants and even predefined functions into a formula The formula will then be calculated individually for each recipient to determine an individual drop in replacement text for that recipient If the formula contains merge fields the result will be calculated for each recipient and may differ from recipient to recipient 167 Formulas can be used to calculate drop in content based on
192. ge The URL also contains a constant parameter that tells the server that it is supposed to show the home page http host domain path visitorID usrl15 amp page home Different visitors would have different values of the visitorID parameter For example the following URL would tell the server that this time the visitor has the ID usr217 http host domain path visitorID usr217 amp page home LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to track URLs with or without parameters as well as URLs with constant or individual parameters Since URLs with individual parameters need to have a different value for the parameter for each recipient writing the text of the message could pose a significant challenge This challenge is overcome by using field merging where it is possible to create unique URL parameters based on the fields of a database For example assume there is a merge field named ID for each recipient that contains the visitor ID of that recipient The sample URL would be written as http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home 58 Let us dissect the different parts of this example The URL begins as usual with the protocol header the host name and the URL path http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The question mark follows next signaling the end of the path part and the beginning of the parameter part http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page ho
193. ger number that was given out to the recipient during sending This number cannot be used to identify which recipient triggered which event but it can be used to determine if multiple events were triggered by the same recipient the same number will be used If the tracking type is blind the field will always contain the default value DEF and cannot be used to find anything out about the recipient CLIENT ADDRESS The IP address of the recipient who triggered the event This is only present for personal tracking and will appear as 0 0 0 0 for all other types of tracking EVENT TYPE Either click for click through or openup for open up will appear depending on the type of event BODY TYPE For EVENT TYPE openup this field will always be empty because only HTML messages can track open up events For click through events the body part of the message containing the event will be listed Possible body types are plain URL in the body of a plain text message alt URL in the text alternative of the HTML message html URL in the HTML body of the message xaol URL in the AOL format alternative of the HTML message URL For EVENT TYPE openup this will always be empty For EVENT TYPE click the URL that was clicked is listed ALIAS For EVENT TYPE openup this will always be empty For EVENT TYPE click the alias of the URL that was clicked is listed If
194. ghlight tracked links and Text Alternative in eae A Eee the center frame Click OK to save tracking definitions Track all Links Tracked links are highlighted in yellow html home http www widgets com home htm Select Link Main Body Your M thly Newsletter from Widget Company html sneak http www widgets com sneak htrn Dear amp FULLNAME Select Link Main Body text sne http www widgets com sneak htm Select Link XText Alt Thank you for your continued intefest in the Widget Company It is our pleasure to announce the new product line for Fall of 2004 YouWill be delighted with all the new features and ease of use To get a sneak peek visit To place an advance order point your browser to nana order widgets now com text order http www widgets com order htm Select Link T xt Alt Parall l Indata zi Click Select Link to select a URL and edit its definition in the bottom frame Alias Definition The link will open a new browser indow to the destination URL Define New Alias Define a new alias Use an existing alias ok cancel Click OK to save alias definition Alias for link to URL http www widgets com order htm Please Select y C Use Existing Alias 64 To track a link 1 Click on the link in the message in the main center frame lf the link is a form submission click on
195. hat result in a false match If the quote character lt gt appears in the text of either field it must be escaped To escape the quote character use it twice in a row For example to send a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations to all those subscribers who selected surfing as one of their hobbies in the multiple selection field hobbies in a mail job going out to all hobbyists the system drop in would appear like this l Multi HOBBIES amp surfing Follow your dreams and ride the big curl in Hawaii See your travel agent today and mention this e mail offer for a 10 discount on hotel rates at the Sheraton on Waikiki Visit your local Hobby Master store today Check here for the nearest one http www hobbymaster com j 11 2 1 4 Calculation Fields The name of this system drop in is Calc The name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling followed by a valid mathematical formula and the appropriate enclosing tags for example Calc ToDate SubscribeTimeMillis MMMM dd yyyy will return a drop in that reads the date the subscriber signed on to the list Merge fields from subscriber data can be combined with other merge fields or number or text constants and even predefined functions into a formula The formula will then be calculated 137 individually for each recipient to determine an individual drop in replacement text for that
196. he diffarant data cources might cover overlapping avant sets Executed Avg 19 2002 01 1 M ids e Be Maui s P vents fncloang events tram Rug 13 2092 12 20 00 PM ussi Aug 18 2002 06 38 00 PN wa 3 83 01 06 05 PM nts from Aug 18 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Executed Including To save a quick report as a regular report click the Create Report icon This opens the Define Report screen Click the Save amp Execute button and the quick report will be saved as a regular report with the same name Instructions for further editing and using tracking reports are covered in Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 97 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Once an e mail job has been sent and enough time has gone by to assume that most recipients have received the message and have opened it data from selected open up and click through events can be gathered This data can be used to generate reports in two ways The first way is by clicking on the Delivered Jobs icon covered in Section 9 3 Delivered Job Reports The second way is by clicking the Tracking Reports icon Both of these methods are available from the home page or on the left side of most screens e Delivered Jobs Lists all of the e mail jobs that have been delivered in a tabbed table format The first tabbed page contains a summary table listing details about each job The second tabbed page contai
197. he file and then click OK Figure 47 Browse for File If the file is large an in progress message will be displayed Upload in progress please wait x HTML File F lsoft style_guide I html i i OK Cancel 4 Review Load Properties and then click Yes to continue Figure 48 Load Results The following files are referenced by the HTML page Linked Remoted Files Inline Local Files 1x line gif 3224 Bytes 1x lins gif 1472 Bytes The total size of the page including inline files is 8924 Bytes Do you want to proceed with the upload Click Yes to continue The LISTSERV Maestro applet will also check to ensure internal and external references to linked or embedded image files are valid Linked files are not sent with the message embedded files inline are sent with the message One advantage of using linked files is that the message will be smaller However a live Internet connection is necessary to view linked files If the image server is down they will not be visible In addition some firewalls strip HTML messages that contain links to outside sources thus rendering the image invisible 50 Embedded files on the other hand will be visible without a live Internet connection and if the image server is down They will make the message larger but they will not in most cases be stripped from the message by a firewall Consider the use of images linked or embedded carefully
198. hrough Events for link advanced order text Mi pao queque Sumi 21 IW Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www lsoft com Sum 82 Additional Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Sent Messages Sum 100 Executed Sep 27 2002 09 03 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM 111 10 3 2 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data It is possible to download the data from an event distribution report by clicking the Download Report icon Data downloaded will be in the form of a zipped text file Select the time zone that will be used to format the data from the drop down menu Click the Download button to begin downloading the data Click the download link to download an Excel Add In to import the data into Excel See Section 10 7 Using the Excel Add In for more information Figure 98 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data Report Tracking data for listing Download Report Result Report of type Event Distribution over the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file select the time zone to be used to format the result and click the download button below use my local time zone El Download You can also download an Excel 2000 Add In to import the downloaded text file into Excel Executed Sep 27 2002 09 18 44 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM
199. iately or at the scheduled day and time Clicking Cancel will go back to the Job Details screen so that any part of the job may be edited or the job can be deleted The Details link will display a copy of the message alternative text attachments and tracking information The message can be downloaded to a local file as well If a job is authorized for delivery at a future date and time delivery authorization may be revoked by going to the Outbox and selecting the job For more information see Section 8 Outbox The scheduled delivery time shown on this screen is always displayed relative to the local time of the user If a job is scheduled for a time zone different from the user s local time then the time displayed in the job summary may appear incorrect For example if the user enters the time 10 00 with time zone GMT as the scheduled delivery time but the user s location is not in the GMT time zone the delivery time displayed on the Authorize Delivery page will be different from the 10 00 time selected This is because the user s local time is in a different time zone than the scheduled delivery time When converted to absolute time the delivery time will be correct Time zone differences between the local time and the delivery time may even show an incorrect day If the user sets the scheduled delivery time to 0 30 at GMT on the first of January the time may appear as 23 30 on the 31 of December on this page if the local time zone is bef
200. iations essessseeeeene em enm 111 Figure 98 Events Distributed Over Time Report VarlatiONS ooononcccnnnociccnnnocnnononcncnnnonnnn nono nnnn nono nn nano nn nr nan nn anar nene 111 Figure 98 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data ooocconoocccinococinonoccncnonancnononnncnanonnnonnnnn cnn nan n nn naar rra nennen nennen 112 Figure 99 Change View Settings iecit p rere rto et eant ae Rep Spe igo Pee zu Pea v aaeei tapia 113 Figure 100 Sum of Events Report Variations o oooococcccconoccccnononcnononononannonnnnnno untk unut nn nano nn rn eene nn nr narrar nn nn nn nan nennen 115 Figure 101 Sum of Events Report Variations oooooonococcconoccccnonoccnonononcnnnonnncnnnnn cnn nan n nn nano nn ran nn nn nan nemen nnnm nene nennen enne 115 Figure 102 Download Sum of Events Data oooooocccinoccccconoccncccononnnononononanononcnnnn nennen enne en nennen nn nr rn nn naar nn nre nnne 116 Figure 103 Change View Settings for Sum of Events Report eee ene 117 Figure 104 Recipients Details Report cei oda Dove eel 119 viii Figure 105 Recipient Details Report Column Selection ssssseeeeeene enm ene nennen 120 Fig re 106 Event Details Report iiss 2 1er OE o eO NR dte sedie ee ee 122 Figure 107 Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import emen nennen 125 Figure 108 Installing Tracker Add lIn iue tiet eire e Ed Eee ced e aioe e date deep acta tre dete hide 125 Figure 10
201. ify the recipient Select which of the columns are anonymous and which are identifying like name phone number or address Anonymous Columns Identifying Columns Click on an item in one of the boxes to select it Next click on an arrow to move the item from one column to the other MODEL_NAME Sample from the recipient list EMAIL FIRSTNAME STATE MODEL_NO MODEL_NAME PRICE Xavieromaestro demo lsoft com Xavier xero Xavier NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Ursula maestro demo lsoft com Ursula Underhill Ursula NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 TobyOmaestro demo lsoft com Toby Tuttle Toby MD 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 QuodOmaestro demo Isoft com Quod Quartermaster Quod AK 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Lisa maestro demo soft com Lisa Lopez Lisa FL 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Evelyn maestro demalsoft com Evelyn Eavensong Evelyn CA 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel Darren EIE 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Tobi maestro demo lsoft com Tobias Lutz Tobias TX 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 SingOmaestro demo Ilsoft com Linda Sing Linda NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Xavieromaestro demo lsoft com Xavier Xero Xavier NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Click Next gt to continue 6 6 Summary A summary of the tracking behavior will be presented Click lt Back to return to an earlier screen to change selections Click Finish to return to the Job Details screen and the Workflow or Summary di
202. ils Parse Recipients Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next gt Parse Recipients The uploaded source file needs to be interpreted correctly before being usable as a recipients list The preview below shows the result of the parsing performed using the settings specified on this page Character Encoding Column Separator and Quote Character The system will interpret the recipients file with standard encoding and will try to determine the separator and quote character automatically Specify details manually Header Row Yes the first row in the file contains the headers No the file does not have a header row Preview Name Email Product Model_num City State Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com coffee master 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com espresso press 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com mrtea 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com coffee master 9595 New York NY Wanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com espresso press 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com mrtea 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle TobyGserver company com mr tea 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com coffee master 9595 Buffalo NY Ron Remmington Ron server company com coffee master 9595 New Haven CT Refresh Preview Click the Next gt button to continue if
203. ing By setting a customized default parameter all subscribers that do not have any selections will have the text inside the quotation marks dropped into the message For example a subscriber who did not select any hobbies from the multiple selection list hobbies could have the word other dropped into the message text The drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by default other Note If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession 135 more CUSTOMIZED_ELLIPSIS Ifa subscriber s selections from the list are longer than approximatley 800 characters the enumeration will break off and be replaced with ellipsis By setting the customized ellipsis parameter any text string be be added to the enumeration field replacing the standard In addition the number of items left off the list can be added by using COUNT anywhere in the string For example a subscriber selected many hobbies from the selection field hobbies and exceeded the 800 character limit for the drop in text Setting the customized ellipsis and the COUNT like this Multi hobbies separated by default other more and COUNT more would create a drop in that read surfing poker reading and 15 more Note If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by u
204. ing an e mail job is to define or select the recipients of the message Generating a recipient definition is a multi step process The steps are contained in the recipients definition wizard which guides the account holder through the process The wizard is comprised of the following steps e Options Deciding where the recipient data will come from There are seven different options split into two categories that can be selected to define the source for a recipient list Send to a Recipient target group Allows account holders to select pre defined groups of recipients from a database Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Recipients are defined by a LISTSERV list Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Recipients are selected based upon a defined action they performed in a previous job Use Recipients Definition from Job Recipients are copied from a previous job Upload a Recipients Text File A text file uploaded into the system defines recipients Select Recipients from a Database Recipients are defined by a LISTSERV Maestro defined database Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database Recipients are defined by a database that has been configured so that LISTSERV has direct access to it Options are made available by the LISTSERV Maestro administrator and not all options are available for all accounts e Source Selecting the source information and or uploading a source
205. ing is parsed to convert it back into the numerical date time value This is a direct representation of the formatting offered by the Java class SimpleDateFormat so the description of the format as given here has been taken more or less directly from the documentation of that Java class Important Note For date time formatting and parsing by default the U S locale and the current time zone of the server where the Maestro User Interface LUI component is running is used This means that if locale specific values names of months weekdays era designators and the like are required they will be given as the U S locale values by default Similarly if a time is given it will be formatted or interpreted as relative to the time zone of the server although for parsing a specific time zone can be supplied If the default U S locale is not desired specify a locale in the ToDate or ToMillis function Date and Time Patterns Date and time formats are specified by pattern strings Within pattern strings unquoted letters from A to z and from a to z are interpreted as pattern letters representing the components of a date or time string see below for details Text can be quoted using single quotes lt gt to avoid interpretation In a quoted text the double single quote lt gt represents a single quote All other characters are not interpreted they are simply copied into the output string during for
206. interpreted as a single appearance that is part of the field value Follow these basic rules for separator and quote characters 150 e Ifthe first character in the field is the quote character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the field is quoted and the next not escaped quote character marks the end of the field The end of the field must then be followed by a separator character or by the end of a line trailing white space after the last field of the line is allowed e If the first character in a field is not the quote character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the field is not quoted and the next appearance of the separator character marks the end of the field Here are some examples Simple values separated by comma not quoted John Doe Denver USA Lucy Summers London UK Karl Hauser Frankfurt DE This defines a dataset with three rows each row consisting of four fields Simple values separated by comma not quoted with empty fields John Denver USA summers London UK Karl Hauser Frankfurt This defines a dataset with three rows each row consisting of four fields In the first row the second field is empty in the second row the first field is empty and in the last row the fourth field is empty Values in which some contain a comma separated by comma quoted with lt gt John Doe Denver Colorado USA Lucy Summers London UK Karl Hauser Frankfurt am Main DE This defines a dataset with three rows e
207. interval to the next creating an ever increasing line or bar or whether they will display as non cumulative intervals creating a series of peaks and valleys 106 Figure 93 Result Settings Event Distribution over Time Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute OK Cancel Title Newletter Jobs General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time C Sum of events C Recipient details c Event details Result Calculation Defines how the result shown on the Y axis of the chart is calculated Total number of events C Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Interval Size Defines the how many events will be grouped in each interval Events per hour Events per day C Events per week Result Accumulation Defines if values accumulate from one interval to the next C No accumulation Accumulate interval values 10 1 2 2 Result Settings for Sum of Events This report type produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the e mail message For each job defined as a data source all events of the selected type open up and or click through and the selected links in the case of click though are summed up and displayed in the form of a colored bar Options available for this report t
208. ion Load recipients just before sending from a server file requires the full path and name of the file that contains the recipients to be entered in the text box provided The recipients from this file will be uploaded into LISTSERV Maestro just before the message is sent The file must be on a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro Any recipients file residing on a server must be added to a list of permissible files in the HUB This list of permissible files is controlled by the system administrator and is necessary to maintain server security If the file is not on this list an error message will be displayed on the 27 Source screen If the file is not available at the moment of sending the job will fail Click Next gt to continue fip The option Load recipients just before sending from a server file is especially useful if the text file is created automatically by an external process such as extracting from a different data source Figure 25 Define Recipients from an Uploaded File Define Recipients Options Cancel lt Back Next gt Source Information about the recipients source file Recipients File Define recipients now Upload a recipients file C Loadrecpients just before sending from a server file File Name File Encoding West European ISO 1 M Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro
209. ion rules apply see above For example 1 letter will be a Number that is not padded 2 letters will be a Number that is padded 3 letters will be a Text using the abbreviated form and 4 or more letters will be a Text using the long form e General time zone For formatting the time zone is handled as Text if it has a name If not it is given as a GMT offset value in the format GMT HH MM where HH is the hours between 0 and 23 one or two digits may be zero padded to the left and Mm is the 188 minutes between 00 and 59 always two digits zero padded to the left if necessary For example GMT 8 00 GMT 08 00 GMT 12 45 For parsing see Time zone parsing below e RFC 822 time zone For formatting the RFC 882 4 digit time zone format is used HHMM where HH is the hours as two digits between 00 and 23 zero padded to the left if necessary and MM is the minutes as two digits between 00 and 59 zero padded to the left if necessary For parsing see Time zone parsing below e Time zone parsing For parsing of a time zone it does not matter if the format pattern specifies a General time zone or a RFC 822 time zone In both cases all three types of time zone specifications are accepted 2 Time zone given as Text if given with a name recognized by LISTSERV Maestro Time zone given as GMT offset s
210. ional block looks like this bb condition to be evaluated text to be included when the condition is met else bb condition to be evaluated text us lee lmelueeo ri tas ricse conelltelcja 16 mos mer lowe ile seconel cojareliliciloja LS else text to be included if neither the first nor the second condition is met alo eb Conditional Operators The condition that is evaluated is created by making a comparison against recipient data Operator symbols make up the statement and appear in a table below Operators are not case sensitive However strictly equal to and not strictly equal to are available when case must be respected String literals within a statement must be enclosed within quotation marks if they contain spaces Boolean operators AND and OR may be used within the statement If used the sub expressions must be enclosed within parentheses For example for this conditional block to be true both expressions must be met the recipient must be in New York State and in New York City to see the text about winning sunglasses For residences of New York NY bb amp state NY and amp city New York Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses o Els For the next conditional block to be true only one of the expressions must be met the recipient is either in New York State or in New York City Recipients in Albany NY New York NY and New Y
211. ions DSNs 1893 Enhanced Mail System Status Codes 1855 Netiquette Guidelines 2505 Anti Spam Recommendations for SMTP MTAs 2635 DON T SPEW A Set of Guidelines for Mass Unsolicited Mailings and Postings spam http www ietf org iesg 1rfc_index txt http ietf org rfc rfc3000 txt http ietf org ID html http ietf org rfc rfc082 1 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2821 txt http ietf org rfc rfc0822 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2822 txt http ietf org rfc rfc1123 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2045 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2046 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2047 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2049 txt http ietf org rfc rfc1894 txt http ietf org rfc rfc1893 txt http ietf org rfc rfc1855 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2505 txt http ietf org rfc rfc2635 txt 3098 How to Advertise Responsibly Using E Mail and Newsgroups hittp ietf org rfc rfc3098 txt 1818 Best Current Practices 1796 Not All RFCs are Standards http ietf org rfc rfc1818 txt http ietf org rfc rfc1796 txt 153 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Adding conditional blocks to the body of an e mail job is a powerful way to personalize the content of the message for individual recipients Conditional blocks act much the same way that merge fields do in that their use is dependent upon the recipient data available in the mail job Judicious use of conditional blocks can also save time and resources by allowing one job to contain different conten
212. isabled grayed out sl If an existing report from the reports list is executed by clicking its title or by clicking the Save amp Execute button this icon is called Edit Report The Define Report Screen opens but a new report is not created the existing report is simply opened the same way it is opened from the report list when the Edit link next to the report title is clicked 10 3 Event Distribution Report An event distribution report plots the occurrence of events open up and or click through over time A simple line graph shows the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and can be measured in intervals of hours days or weeks Events are charted on the y axis and can be measured as the number of events or as a percentage of either the total number of messages sent or the total number of unbounced messages sent 10 3 1 Viewing Event Distribution Reports The View page of an event distribution report displays the collected data in a chart format The View page of this report type changes to reflect different options set on the Change Result Settings screen Depending on what options are set events on the y axis can reflect the total number of events or a percentage of either the total number of messages sent or the total number of unbounced messages sent Events occurring over time can be reflected as a total accumulation each set of measured events is added to the previous s
213. ized list of recipients matched with a customized e mail message that is scheduled for delivery and then sent out E mail Merge Placing variables that are extracted from a database into an e mail message template This operation permits individual personalization of otherwise bulk e mail messages Encoding Is the transformation of data into digital form With text encoding different character sets encode text files differently based on language and other variables If a special character set was used to encode a text file that same encoding scheme needs to be used to interpret the data correctly LISTSERV Maestro allows for the selection of encoding based upon the original encoding scheme of the uploaded text file For example if special encoding was used to initially create and save the text file e g ISO 7 encoding for a file with Greek characters or a Unicode encoding the same encoding will have to be selected in LISTSERV Maestro so that the system interprets the uploaded data in the same way it was saved Header A special row of data that defines and labels the columns in a database file Hosted Recipient Data A collection of data organized in columns and rows related recipients and stored inside LISTSERV Maestro Link Alias Gives each link to be tracked a special name Aliases can be used to differentiate between two different links that go to the same URL Each link in this case would be given a different alias Alia
214. ke sure that the field s content can be interpreted as a number for all recipients Otherwise the field will have the type text for some recipients which would cause the calculation of the formula to fail so the job itself would fail as well This determination of the type is done during delivery when the merge values of all recipients are known gt Special Note If the formula used in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group then only profile fields which are defined in the hosted recipient list as mandatory are allowed as standard merge field expressions Fields that are defined as optional must use the optional merge field expression instead See next sub section Optional Merge Field Expressions Restriction Optional merge field expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in one of the following contexts e Ina Calc system drop in of a job with the recipients type Uploaded CSV text file or LISTSERV Maestro selects from a Database or Target Group if the target group is based on either of the two above or on a Hosted Recipient List If the system drop in is used in a job with a different recipient type the formula must not contain any merge field expressions if it does an error message will display during test delivery Type Optional merge field expressions can be of the type number or of the
215. king data for a job until the message and the recipients are defined Once all the components of the e mail job are defined they can be edited in any order from this screen or the Summary diagram If an earlier step is edited the later steps must be revisited For example if the recipient list is changed under Define Recipients the Delivery Test step will have to be redone The job owner can delete the current job from this screen by clicking the Delete Job button The job owner can change the Job Title Job ID and Team Collaboration by clicking the Change Job Info button Figure 4 Workflow Diagram on Job Details Screen Job Details Change Job Info Delete Job Workflow Summary Test Reports To complete a job you need to execute the steps below Some steps are dependent on other steps and must be completed in sequence A green Y means that the step has been successfully completed Define Define Y Recipients Yellow arrows mean O Debe that the step is waiting O Refine to be completed Schedule x Q Delivery X rd A red X means that the step cannot yet be started y Icons on the Workflow diagram change appearance to signal the status of the step they represent Icons that are not clickable represent steps that cannot be started until earlier steps are completed Icons may also not be clickable for an individual even though the step is available because the
216. l protocol level e Message content related errors RFC 1893 4 6 x and 5 6 x Includes errors like Conversion failed or Conversion not supported e Security or policy related errors RFC 1893 4 7 x and 5 7 x Errors for security or mail system policy reasons like Delivery not authorized For more information on RCFs see Appendix D E Mail Related RFCs Use the check box adjacent to each bar to select it for download Use the drop down menu to download only those e mail addresses that bounced or the e mail addresses with the delivery failure information included Figure 79 Bounce Details Bounce Details Bounce Details for Job SAM 030422B Sample All bounces 2 039 100 Unknown delivery errors 233 11 4 Address related errors 1 213 59 5 Recipient mailbox related errors 578 28 3 Check individual boxes to select the data m to download or use the Check Uncheck All link to select or unselect all data Mail system related errors 15 0 7 n Check Uncheck AII To download the list of bounced addresses check the error group s you are interested in see checkboxes at the right of the chart and click the download button below Download only the e mail addresses Select the information to download Bounces count not yet updated Update Bounce Count 93 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports Click on the reports tab to generate a Quick Report on the curr
217. l the open up events into one variable and all the click through events into a second variable charted on the report This type of data source is only available for HTML messages Open Up and Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each of the open up and click through events This type of data source is only available for HTML messages Other data sources can be added to the chart by selecting any or all of the Additional Statistics option buttons These additional data sources can provide comparison data in the chart so that it is possible to see the total number of messages sent in relation to the number of open up events that occurred for example Three Additional Statistics types are available Number of Sent Messages Adds the number of messages that were sent to LISTSERV as a constant reference value in the report Number of Unbounced Messages Adds the number of unbounced messages as a constant reference in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent 95 and not detected as bounces by LISTSERV This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition e Number of Bounced Messages Adds the number of bounced messages as a constant value in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent but were detected as bounces by LISTSERV This value can go up over time depending on the
218. l tracking is used LISTSERV Maestro creates a profile for each individual mail recipient and stores this information in an internal or external database The creation of this profile takes place during the delivery of the mail as the job is being transferred to LISTSERV With a large recipient list the additional work of creating profile entries in the database will make the transfer to LISTSERV noticeably slower If general statistics are required without the need to trace events back to individuals use unique tracking instead because the processing time is much faster 67 e Anonymous Tracking A unique ID is assigned to each recipient that cannot be followed back to identifying information about the individual recipient but that is associated with non identifying demographic information such as age gender or zip postal code It is the responsibility of the user to analyze the data and determine what is and what is not identifying data For example zip codes are commonly used for anonymous demographic analysis However if the data contains one zip code that corresponds to just one recipient the zip code becomes identifying data for that recipient and is no longer an anonymous field In this instance the input data could be changed so that sparsely populated zip codes are all lumped together into an other category for the purposes of tracking and then the zip code would remain anonymous Anonymous tracking is available
219. lable if the system administrator has given the user permission to create new drop in content elements Drop ins are shared among all members of a group A group member does not need permission to create new drop ins in order to use any existing drop ins e Change Password This option is only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to change his or her password e Preferences The user can define specific preferences for the way LISTSERV Maestro s user interface appears on the screen as well as setting defaults for the way content is input for new jobs and reports Click on any of the available links to continue with adding users settings 129 Figure 114 User Settings User Settings Account specific settings These settings and data are shared among all members of your group Sender Profiles Drop In Content Elements These settings and data are specific to the account you are currently using Change Password Preferences E 11 1 Managing Sender Profiles Click on the Sender Profiles link to open the Manage Sender Profiles screen This screen displays for a listing of all saved profiles To add a new profile to the list click the New Profile button To edit an existing profile click on the profile title Figure 115 Managing Sender Profiles Manage Sender Profiles All defined profiles for your account Click on a profile to edit delete it or use the button to c
220. ld which is of type text but still only contains numbers to the type number which can then be used in contexts that require the type number such as number operators and functions requiring a number argument Arguments text Type Text The text string to convert to a number Examples ToNum 12345 ToNum amp AGE ToNum 123 456 Note The result of the last example will not be the number 579 but will instead be the number 123456 i e first the string concatenation operator is applied to the two strings and then the resulting string is converted into a number ToUpper Function Returns the given text argument with all Return Type letters converted to uppercase letters Text ToUpper text Arguments text Type Text The text string to convert to uppercase Examples ToUpper convert all lowercase to uppercase 185 Date and Time Patterns The format of the date and time patterns must be specified for the functions ToDate and ToDateValue to convert a numerical date time value represented in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT into a formatted output string or vice versa The pattern format described here applies to the formatting process when a numerical date time value is converted into a formatted text string and to the parsing process when a text str
221. letters is two the year is truncated to 2 digits otherwise it is interpreted as a Number see above For parsing if the number of pattern letters is more than two the year is interpreted literally regardless of the number of digits So using the pattern MM da y y y y the text 01 11 12 parses to Jan 11 12 AD For parsing with the abbreviated year pattern y or y y LISTSERV Maestro must interpret the abbreviated year relative to some century It does this by adjusting dates to be within 80 years before and 20 years after the current time For example using the pattern MM dd yy on Jan 1 1997 the text 01 11 12 would be interpreted as Jan 11 2012 while the text 05 04 64 would be interpreted as May 4 1964 During parsing only strings consisting of exactly two digits will be parsed into the default century Any other numeric string such as a one digit string a three or more digit string or a two digit string that is not all digits for example 1 is interpreted literally Therefore 01 02 3 or 01 02 003 are parsed using the same pattern as Jan 2 3 AD Likewise 01 02 3 is parsed as Jan 2 4 BC e Month If the number of pattern letters is one or two the month is interpreted as Number if itis 3 or more it is interpreted as Text Therefore if the month is interpreted as Number or Text the applicable Number Text interpretat
222. links that are currently marked for tracking on a bright yellow background in the body of the message This makes it easier to tell which links have already been selected for tracking and which have not Images that are links will be shown with a bright yellow frame when they are selected for tracking Since this frame makes the images a bit larger it may impact the overall page layout Switch off the link highlighting to restore the original layout Once the tracking links have been chosen and aliases defined click OK in the top frame to continue A summary of the tracking details will be presented From this screen re edit the tracking definitions by clicking Define Tracking URLs remove any of the links by clicking the Remove link adjacent to each URL or remove all the links by clicking the Remove All link at the bottom of the listing Click Next gt to continue 65 Figure 60 Tracking Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Tracking Details Open Up Tracking M Yes enable open up tracking for this job Click Through Tracking The following URLs from the mail body are currently registered for tracking logo http www Isoft com Main Body Remove sneak peek htt com Main Body Remove No Alias htto wwew soft com Main Body Remove Define Tracking URLs Remove All 6 3 2 About Link Aliases A link alias give
223. ll appear in bold e Directory names commands and examples of editing program files will appear in Courier New font e Emphasized words or phrases will be underlined Some screen captures have been cropped for emphasis or descriptive purposes This symbol denotes an important note or warning Tip This symbol denotes optional advice to save time Preface What s New in LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 LISTSERV Maestro is a highly intuitive e mail marketing solution It provides organizations with an advanced tool to create send and track opt in personalized e mail messages While the changes to LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 have been extensive the regular user interface has remained comfortably familiar This preface provided here for informational purposes is an outline of the sweeping new features of LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 introduces powerful new abilities to collect manage save and reuse data from mailing list subscribers Data administration and mailing list creation now are combined in one interface to allow greater flexibility and control over personalized targeted opt in e mail messaging The Recipient Warehouse A new functional area within the User Interface called the Recipient Warehouse allows the Maestro Data Administrator to create and manage datasets lookup tables lists subscriber pages and target groups For more information on Data Administration for LISTSERV Maestro see the Data Administrat
224. llowing e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Hosted Recipient List e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Classic LISTSERV lis where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro 11 2 1 3 Multiple Selection Fields Normally multiple selection fields cannot be used for mail merging Mail merging is only compatible with fields that have a single value Any field that was defined to allow subscribers to select more than one choice is classified as a multiple selection field To work around this situation a system drop in has been introduced to allow merging the information from a multiple 134 selection field into the text of a message This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is a target group of the type Based on Hosted Recipient List There are three different versions of this drop in which provides access to the multiple fields in different ways e Multiple Selection Field Count The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD_NAME count Replace FIELD_NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field For example a multiple selection field with the name hobbies would appear as
225. many events were generated When compared to the Sum of unique events the report gives an idea of how well the overall number of events was distributed over the individual recipients It is possible to discern whether many recipients generated relatively few events each or whether most events were generated by only a few recipients generating the same events over and over while many other recipients only generated a few events or none at all 10 4 1 View The View page of a sum of events report displays the collected data in a bar graph format The View page of this report type changes to reflect different options set on the Change Result Settings screen Depending on what options are set the number of recipients can reflect the total number of all recipients or a percentage of the number of recipients who triggered an event 114 Figure 100 Sum of Events Report Variations Sum of Unique Events Sum of All Events 26 9 13 0 7 n Number of Unique Events Sum of Events Count Unique Events Event Data Sources Summary For each data source bar only unique events are counted lll open Up Events Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com lick Through Events for link advanced order http www Jsoft com jick Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com Ili Click Theough Events for link sneak peek http www I4oft com Additional Dota Sources Summory Bl number o
226. matting or matched against the input string during parsing The following pattern letters are defined all other characters from A to z and from a to z are reserved The letters are case sensitive The same letter has different meanings in its uppercase or lowercase version Each pattern letter has a specific presentation in the created final string during formatting or in the parsed string during parsing For example presentation types may be Text Number Year or similar More details about the presentations and their meanings follow below 186 Commonly Used Pattern Letters Letter Date or Time Presentation Examples Component y Year Year 19965 96 M Month in year Month July Jul 07 d Day in month Number 10 E Weekday Text Tuesday Tue H Hour in day 0 23 Number 0 h Hour in am pm 1 12 Number 12 m Minute in hour Number 30 S Second in minute Number 55 S Millisecond Number 978 a Am pm marker Text PM Special Pattern Letters Letter Date or Time Presentation Examples Component G Era designator Text AD BC D Day in year Number 189 w Calendar week in year Number 27 W Calendar week in month Number 2 F Weekday ordinal in Number 2 month k Hour in day 1 24 Number 24 K Hour in am pm 0 11 Number 0 Z Time zone General time zone Pacific Standard Time ae 00 Z Tim
227. me The first parameter is the parameter visitorID with the value sID http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home Between the first and the second parameter is the ampersand as a separator http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The second parameter is the parameter page with the value home http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The second part of the first parameter visitorID amp ID uses the LISTSERV Maestro convention of denoting mail merge fields Its value is not an actual user ID but instead is the name of the merge field ID with the preceding ampersand and the trailing semicolon the format always used in LISTSERV Maestro to mark mail merge fields Although the ampersand usually has the reserved function of separating two parameters like the second ampersand right before the page parameter when it appears to denote the merge field amp 1D itis acting as a token that will be replaced by the corresponding value of the recipient before the mail is sent out Therefore this string will not be present in the final e mail that appears to the recipient Instead it will have been replaced by the merge value for that recipient If the URL from above were sent to two recipients where one recipient has an ID merge value of usr15 and the o
228. mmary Summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for the job LISTSERY SQL Select Details Database Server lt default gt SQL Statement select from mae_recipients executed by LISTSERV E mail Column EMAIL ADDRESS Name Column F NAME Additional Mail Merge Columns MODEL NUM MODEL NAME Section 5 Defining and Editing Content for an E mail Job The next phase of creating a new e mail job is defining the content of the e mail message to be sent to the recipient list LISTSERV Maestro will copy content from a previously defined e mail job or original content can be uploaded or entered as plain text as HTML or a combination Special Drop In Content elements in the form of text links files or a database can be added to the message It is possible to include attachments to messages as well as select the language character set used to encode the message 45 Figure 43 Define Content Copy Content Select the job to copy the content from Define Content Define the Subject and the Body of the message Get Content from other Job pe Drop In content is enabled for this job with tags and Change Subject Monthly Newsletter Body C Plain Text HTML with Alternatives M Text Format HTML Preview HTML Code Text Preview Text Attachments Conditional content is enabled for this job Change Yo
229. more personalized message possible If the job is sent as bulk e mail with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients see Figure 36 Optionally type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible fip It is common practice to use a generic e mail address with a matching generic name for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic e mail address in the To field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message 4 6 4 3 Header Definition Headers are specially defined rows in databases Headers are used by database tables to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns If additional recipient data is selected to be used for mail merging and tracking it is possible to edit the existing headers see Figure 35 Editing the headers does not change the original database table It does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so i
230. n and to the Summary or Workflow diagram The recipients can always be edited by selecting the Edit link from the Summary diagram or clicking on the Define Recipients icon from the Workflow diagram 4 6 Selecting Recipients from a Database Choosing the option Select Recipients from a Database allows LISTSERV Maestro to make a direct query to a database using SQL Structured Query Language The system communicates with a database over a network using database drivers and plugins The database must be accessible to LISTSERV Maestro over the network and some configuration is required by the system administrator for the connection to succeed 35 4 6 1 Options The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the option button next to Select Recipients from a Database located under the heading Define recipients Click Next gt to continue Figure 32 Option Select Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source E a Cancel Bac Next gt dl Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 6 2
231. n the upper left side of the Screen on every screen that is associated with that particular job Figure 3 Start New Job Screen Abd E y Ei E ES Start New Job Job Title Widget Company September Newsletter i optional text placed before the system generated Job Job ID Prefix news 10 Initial Job Settings C Choose all new settings Copy contents recipients and sender settings from job Select Undelivered Jobs E8o20225 listing 020225D recipients3 E 86000 Outbox 020225C recipients2 020222E jeff Delivered Jobs A new job can be created one of two ways The first way is by selecting the option button choose all new settings which means entering in all new information The second way is by selecting the option button copy contents recipients and sender settings from existing job which takes the settings from an existing job as the basis for the new job A new empty job needs to have the e mail message defined as well as the sender and recipient information determined A job based on a copy of an existing job can reuse a previously composed message sender information testing information and recipient information The settings from the existing job can always be edited to suit the new job Press OK to continue or Cancel to return to the previous screen fip Copying an existing job can save time and effort by reusing messages an
232. nal leave empty to use the default database ELECT FROM CUSTOMERS WHERE EMAIL AOL COM SQL Statement executed by LISTSERV 43 4 7 3 Source Details There are no Source Details for recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV 4 7 4 Recipients Details Because LISTSERV is communicating directly with the database LISTSERV Maestro does not have any information about what data is contained in the database or how it is arranged As a result there is no preview of the columns being used by the database In order to give LISTSERV Maestro the information it needs to send the job it is necessary to know the exact names of the columns of data in the database This information can be obtained from the LISTSERV system administrator or database administration Enter the name of the e mail column in the E mail Column text box This is minimum amount of information needed to send a job Optionally enter the name of the recipients column in the Name text box If mail merging is going to be used in the message enter the names for the columns of data that will be used as merged fields on the Merge Columns text box one name per row In order to function correctly the names of the columns entered here must be the exact names used in the database Figure 41 Recipient Details for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source Recipients Det
233. names for example Some clients may only display the characters with the right direction but still left align each line of text instead of the correct right alignment Occurrences such as this are subject to the mail client itself and out of the scope of LISTSERV Maestro 149 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files The term comma separated format or tab separated format or CSV is often used as a catchall term for all kinds of text based data formats where the data is formatted in a line by line fashion Each line contains one data record and a number of columns per line where the different columns are separated by comma or tab or some other separator character LISTSERV Maestro can correctly interpret comma separated text files in various formats as long as the following rules are applied e Any character may be used as the separator character although a comma tab or semicolon is conventional e The same separator character must be used in all lines for the entire file e All lines in the file must have the same number of columns which means the same number of separator characters e Empty columns may be created in order that the same number of separator characters is present in every line of the file e Having two separator characters in direct succession without any characters in between creates an empty column e Ifa line begins with the separator character then LISTSERV Maestro as
234. ne Jones 239 Periwinkle Lane Brooklyn New York 11204 T 1961 LisadQmaestro demo Isoft com Lisa Lopez 6 Gentle Cir Suite 550 Miami Florida 33010 T 1959 Mirjam amp maestro demo Ilsoft com Mirjam McIntosh 5603 Albia Rd Fairfax Virginia 20851 F 1958 4 5 5 1 Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro can eliminate duplicate recipients from the Summary screen Click on the Define duplicate elimination button to initiate this function Duplicates can be removed based on one or more selected criteria To select more than one criterion for removing duplicates hold down the SHIFT key or the CTRL key and click on the columns desired Click OK to remove duplicated and return to the Summary screen 34 BP emoving duplicates from recipient data can be a useful way to ensure that multiple messages are not sent to the same recipient It is common practice for one person to have more than one e mail address for example a work e mail address and a personal e mail address By creatively selecting one or more criteria to remove duplicates it is possible to avoid sending multiple messages to the same person with different e mail addresses Similarly several recipients may use the same e mail address for example family members sharing an ISP may also share an e mail address In this case it might be desirable to send multiple messages to the same address shared by multiple recipients but addressed to each individual using the e mail
235. need to be part of a group to use the program Groups are required for collaboration among accounts Depending on the operating system of the client used for the access the following browsers are supported when accessing the Maestro User Interface e Client with Windows Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 or later Netscape 7 0 or later and Mozilla 1 0 0 or later e Client with Linux Netscape 7 0 or later and Mozilla 1 0 0 or later Some special issues apply when using Netscape or Mozilla on a Linux client See Appendix for more information To access the Maestro User Interface we strongly recommend that only Windows or Linux be used with the browsers and browser versions listed Other operating systems browsers or browser versions are not supported The client does not necessarily have to have the same operating system as the LISTSERV Maestro server A Linux client can be used to access LISTSERV Maestro on a Windows server and vice versa It is important to note that recipients of e mail being tracked by LISTSERV Maestro may use whatever browser they wish to access the URLs contained in the message Tracking occurs no matter what browser is used by e mail recipients 1 2 Accessing LISTSERV Maestro Once the system administrator has installed the program and created user accounts set a compatible browser to http Your_Maestro_Host lui A user name and password are required in order to login and access the program If an
236. ng processed It is possible to click on the ID of such a job very soon after it begins delivery if the user is quick enough or if the job is large and sending takes a longer time A summary page appears with a Stop Sending button Clicking this button while sending is still in process will abort the delivery The job will then be listed in the Sending has failed state see below A red X represents jobs that have failed to be sent Click the ID of such a job to get to the summary page Three buttons appear Re Open Job Close Job and Retry Sending Click Re Open Job to move the job back from the Outbox into the list of undelivered jobs where it can once again be edited Click Close Job to move the job from the Outbox to the list of delivered jobs It will then appear in this list as any other delivered job except that its status will be failed instead of successful Click Retry Sending to immediately restart the sending of the failed job the job stays in the Outbox and goes back to the authorized and immediately into the being processed state Use Retry Sending if the reason for the failure was a temporary one for example the LISTSERV server being down so that the job can be delivered once the temporary reason is gone 88 e Important If a job contains a virus it will fail during delivery It will be rejected by LISTSERV The job will remain in the Outbox in the failed state The reason for the failure a
237. ng purposes LISTSERV Maestro will by default assume the U S locale and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running i e if locale specific texts like weekday names names of months etc are contained in the date time text string they must appear with the correct names of the U S locale Similarly times given in the date time text string will be interpreted as relative to the server s time zone To specify a different locale use the optional parameter 1ocalename to choose a predefined locale or with the optional parameters 1angcode and countrycode to specify your own locale See Time and Date Patterns for details To specify the time as relative to a different time zone include a time zone value in the date time text Return Type Number 183 Arguments datetext Type Text The date time text string to parse Must contain the desired date time in a textual format which can be parsed by applying the given format pattern formatpattern Type Text specifies the format pattern to use to parse the datetext See Date and Time Patterns for details The following arguments are optional Either you supply no further argument at all Or you supply only the following argument localename Type Text A name of a predefined locale See section 0 for a list of available locale names If specified any locale specific text in datetext will be expe
238. nne nnns 37 Figure 34 Long Source Screen for Define Database Connection sssssseeee emen 37 Figure 35 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database with Additional Recipient Data 39 Figure 36 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database without Additional Recipient Data 39 Figure 37 Recipient Summary coercet ei pede AA io 41 Figure 38 Eliminate Duplicates ertet rhet dieere e sets verte Et ee edes 42 Figure 39 Options for Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database ssssseeeee eee 43 Figure 40 Define Recipients from LISTSERV Connected Database ooononccicococcnnnocccccononcnnnonnncnnnononcnnno emen 43 Figure 41 Recipient Details for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database ssseeee 44 Figure 42 Summary for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database ssssseeee eee 45 Figure 43 Define Content erede ac 46 Figure 44 Drop in Content Settings ee endete etre eR dE E ee Le LE da ree eei E e Reed 47 Figure 45 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins oooooccccconococonoconcnonononcnanancnonono cnn nan n nc nano cnn AnAk EAEE nnnn rr rra nenne enne enne 48 Figure 46 Grant Permission to Install Applet o ooonnncccnnnnnicononoccnnnoncncnanancnnnnnn cnn nn eene non cnn rra 50 Figure 47 Browse for e eae atte e Ree ten 50 Figure 43 Load Results o ee tees beni eae et mnn tenni 50 Figure 49 C
239. nnns nnn nnns 10 4 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group sssssssseeese eene eene enne SRi tripe iaeiei aE en nenr enter nennen 11 4 1 4 OplloriS oui ERI dd ae Ai cte 11 41 2 S0U Ce z oet tene deu eme 12 4 1 3 Source Detalls 2 5 A aa 13 4 1 4 Recipient Details 4 5 eere its 14 41 5 Summary atii ett imp ede E imet eit 15 4 2 Send to an Existing LISTSERV LiSt ooo nccnnncoccnnnoncncnonancnnnonnccnnnnnn nn naar nenne enne nennen nene enne nennen nennen 15 4 2 1 OplloriS est Settimo eto be We heed IM AM AM LL MET A Neid c Em Md 15 C WAMES m M M MM 15 4 2 3 So0urce Detalls dose gd ti 16 42 4 Recipient Details T m 19 4 2 5 Sumrimaly ti e 19 4 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job ssssssseeeee enne 20 4 321 Options t cette ie d o e aca 20 CAMAS 20 4 333 Source Details 5 1 nieto e e e te ede feel pene rie o a Seb eds 21 4 3 4 Recipient Detalls ecrire rire eto that andado 22 4 3 5 SUMMA i ede PR ESSE GU eR e en da EH Ed e etes 25 4 4 Use Recipients Definition from Job 2 cuenten eter e enne enean nk EAA nnb enin qe dn Re Rune qos 25 4 4 1 Options DR Re d RET ode E etre nen ERAT PHIL A EE e 25 4 42 S0Ul CO sick PE LE TETTE o PEOR RP ac RR criada susweasves ig sbessoceanan ot E XT E cadescoowasdacvigeeabeucesastorce 26 4
240. not request to receive information X Don t purchase or rent lists of e mail addresses from brokers who are not reputable x Don t use exclamation points capitalized letters or other blatant marketing techniques that are synonymous with spammers X Don t send irrelevant offers to members of your database for example if you run an online travel agency do not send special airfares incentives that originate from airports that do not correspond with the zip codes members have provided X Don t overload recipients with too many messages only offer truly special deals X Don t cram too many messages into a single e mail or send large attachments that may clog subscribers inboxes X Don t neglect to test messages for formatting errors especially when sending HTML messages or when contacting AOL users X Don t rely on your e mail program s spellchecker have several colleagues proofread your message for spelling and grammatical errors 195 X Don t sell or rent your e mail lists to other organization unless you have been given specific permission to do so X Don t expect every campaign will be an immediate home run crafting quality messages takes time and requires feedback The full text of this award winning article Successful E Mail Marketing Practices can be viewed and downloaded at http www Isoft com info wp email marketing pdf 196 This page intentionally left blank 197
241. ns access to predefined reports quick reports for that job available only if tracking is switched on for the job Click on the type of report desired and a temporary report is automatically generated based on the selected settings This temporary report is not automatically saved To save the quick report click on the Create report icon at the bottom of the report This opens the Define Report screen Click OK to save the report and return to the reports list Click Save 8 Execute to execute the report again display it and save the quick report as a regular report e Tracking Reports Opens the list of current reports if any Clicking the New Report button opens a series of pages that guides the user through the process of building a new customized report by defining data to collect and how to view or download that data Clicking on the Edit link of an existing report opens a series of pages that guides the user through the process of editing the report LISTSERV Maestro can generate several different types of reports with these methods or data can be downloaded for use in other statistical analysis programs For quick reports on delivery tests click on the Test Reports tab on the Job Details screen For more information on test reports see Section 7 3 Running Test Reports Tip In many cases it is easier to start from one of the quick reports available from the Delivered Jobs interface save it and then make changes using the edit
242. nt details Event details 10 1 2 4 Result Settings for Event Details Event detail reports are available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs The report type displays a table that lists the report type time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data There are no other options available for this report type Figure 96 Result Settings Event Details Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Savesexecute ok Cancel Title Newsletters General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details 10 2 Executing Reports There are several ways to execute reports using LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro can produce quick reports that are instantly viewable on the screen from the Test Report tab on of the New Jobs screen see Section 7 3 Running Test Reports for more information and from the Reports tab of the Delivered Jobs screen see Section 9 3 Delivered Job Reports for more information LISTSERV Maestro can also produce reports from the Tracking Reports page as described in Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Each of the four basic types of reports Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient det
243. ntify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email elect v optional Bier Na Header Defini _ Si Name Column o cm Zoe Zimmerman ite pserver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com 9595 Buffalo NY Header labels are limited to upper and lower case letters the numbers 0 9 and the underscore Any illegal characters in the headers will have to be changed before proceeding Before continuing to the next screen specify the E mail Column and the Name Column using the drop down menus 24 4 3 5 Summary The Summary screen will display the selection made for the current job including e Original Job e Selected Recipients e Time Period e Special Purpose Columns e A sample of recipients from the original job this sample will not reflect any header changes you made 4 4 Use Recipients Definition from Job This recipient definition transfers all the data and settings from a previous job to the new job The recipient definition from any job that has already had the recipients defined can be u
244. nu and click OK Figure 51 Language Charset Settings Language Charset Settings Please define the language charset that is to be used for the mail during sending If your mail contains characters which are not displayable in the chosen language charset then those characters will be replaced with question marks in the outgoing mail Please be also aware of the potential problems that are associated with using one of the advanced language options see list below Please see the help pages for more information about the possible problems and how to avoid them west European Latin 1 charset IS0 8859 1 East European Latin 2 charset ISO 8859 2 South European Latin 3 charset IS0 8859 3 North European Latin 4 charset ISO 8859 4 Advanced please select LISTSERV Maestro determines optimal charset automatically but not Unicode LISTSERV Maestro determines optimal charset automatically allow Unicode West European plus Euro Currency Symbol ISO 8859 15 Cyrillic Charset ISO 8859 5 Arabic Charset ISO 8859 6 fip If LISTSERV Maestro is being used to send mail to recipients in a single language environment either with plain English or with one of the common West European languages the safest choice for a character set charset is always ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 charset It contains all 26 common characters both in upper and lower case all the common punctuation characters and the more common special char
245. nue The fourth screen General defines the name of the data source and the color it will appear as in the graph or data table as in the case of Recipients Details and Event Details reports Enter a name for the data source in the text box Pick a name that will be descriptive of the data source when it is viewed in the report The name of the data source will be the only way beside color to identify what the source is in the report Select the color of the line bar or table for the item that is tracked For most reports it is usually best to select a different color for every different data source for the report but it is not necessary Click Next gt to continue Figure 91 Data Source General Properties Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Data Source General Properties Data Source Name Click Through Logo Color Select a different color by clicking on any of the color patches below if MN 104 The last screen of the data source wizard is Summary A summary of the selections made on the previous pages is displayed Changes can be made to the data source definition by clicking the lt Back button Click Finish to save the data source definition and return to the Define Report screen Figure 92 Data Source Summary Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary
246. of LISTSERV Maestro installed on the local machine it may not work with downloaded report data from the newest version of LISTSERV Maestro The old add in file must be removed from Excel and a new one must be installed Follow the steps below to remove an old ImportTrackerStatistics xla file from Excel and install the latest version 1 Open Excel If there is an existing version an icon with little feet will appear in a toolbar 2 Under Tools gt Add Ins gt Uncheck the Importtrackerstatistics Add In from the list of Add Ins available then click OK Under View gt Toolbars gt Uncheck Tracker Statistics the little feet icon should disappear e Under View gt Customize gt Toolbars tab gt select the Tracker Statistics listing from the menu do not check the box Click Delete Close Excel Log in to LISTSERV Maestro Create a quick report or regular report of the type Event Distribution or Sum of Events Click the Download Report icon Click the download link to download the Excel Add In e er S e EN 128 10 Right click the ImportTrackerStatistics xla link 11 Select Save Target As from the menu 12 Save the file on a local drive If there is an existing version of this file in the same location the new file is being saved in a query will ask to replace the existing file Click Yes 13 Open Excel 14 Under Tools gt Add Ins gt click Browse 15 Brow
247. om AOL Click on keyword XYZWeb and land on your personalized page eb 158 The resulting message to a person using AOL and turning 18 would read Figure 128 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these credits on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at http www XYZWeb com bday home home htm1 782 3339950 1258814 Now that you are 18 you can finally do what you have been waiting for all your life sign up for your very own XYZweb online cash management account We are waiving the first year s fee if you apply within the next 2 weeks Apply now at http www XYZWeb com bday 1234 amp 18badgrz Did you know that you can access XYZweb s store directly from AOL Click on keyword XYZWeb and land on your personalized page The resulting message to a person from Texas and randomly selected would read Figure 129 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these credits on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at http www XYZWeb
248. on button Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job and then select the job from the drop down menu Click Next gt to proceed Figure 18 Options for Reaction to a Previous Job Define Recipients Options Source SA Cancel Back Next gt gt Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Select C Select from Job 0407214 Base Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 3 2 Source The Source screen defines the conditions that potential recipients had to fulfill in the previous job to become eligible to receive the new message First decide whether to include recipients who performed an action or to exclude recipients who performed an action in the follow up message Next select which actions the recipients performed opening up the message and or clicking on specific links 20 Figure 19 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Source Define the desired recipients actions From the recipients that reacted on the job 020225B recipients exclude
249. on is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 5 Recipients Details Reports Recipients details reports are only available for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the column data from the define recipients file Use the table to select which data sources and which columns will be downloaded Data must be downloaded and imported into a statistical software program to generate charts and graphs Select the data sources from the top frame in the table by clicking the Select link If a data source contains more than one job all the jobs that have recipients with the same number of columns with the same column labels forming a profile structure will be grouped together into one job group If the data source has more than one job and the recipients do not share the same profile structure these jobs will have their own job groups inside the data source The currently selected data source will appear in the lower frame along with the recipient column data for that job group Select the column data from the bottom frame using the Edit link or the Select All link Select the file encoding for the download from the drop down menu 118 Figure 104 Recipients Details Report Report Tracking d
250. onditional Content Settings sssssssseeeeene ennemi enne nennen nnne enne enne 52 Figure 50 Define Content Attachments ceeeieeee nennen tenente eee 53 Figure 51 Language Charset Settings ener nre enne en nenne enne nnns 54 Figure 52 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins ssseseeeeeen eene nara cnn ran rr nn nara nenne enne nnns 55 Figure 53 Merge Fields Example eed e t ede tetra Rete tenerent Pierres 56 Figure 54 Conditional Block Example oooonoccccnococcconococcnononcnononononnnonn nc nano enne en nene enne enr en tenerent nenne 57 Figure 55 Tracking Ori or Off etate eem ata IEEE 62 Figure 56 Tracking Definitlon 3 tue is 63 Figure 57 Click Through Tracking Definition oooononnncccnnnnccconococcnnnoncncnanannnrnonn nennen nennen nnne nnn en nene enne nnns 64 Figure 58 Track with or without Alias 3 nete pega deg sbe iii 65 Figtire 59 Edit Tracked linkin a eta precie 65 Figure 69 Tracking DefallS iii is 66 Fig re 61 Selecting Tracking T ype iiiter eet pian penaa apie enaka einan eaa aaae a aeia eea a apia Cda 70 Figuire 62 Tracking Type Detalls 2 2 5 1 A ii 71 Figure 63 Personal Tracking Type Details oooooncnnnnncccnonoccconoconnnononcncnnnonononnnnn nennen nennen rra nennen enne nnns 71 Figure 64 Anonymous Tracking Type Details sse nennen mme ennemis enne 72 Figure 65 Tracking Definition Summary sissi
251. ons In addition if the field s value is empty or undefined the type will be determined by the type of the given default Make sure that the type of the default matches the field s type or is at least convertible into that type see Automatic Type Conversion Function Expressions Restriction Functions can usually be used in any formula However there may be individual restrictions that apply only to certain functions See the function descriptions for details Type The type depends on each function See the function descriptions for details Usage To include a function in a formula simply type the function name possibly followed by an argument list in parenthesis See the function description for details concerning whether arguments are required by a certain function and what they mean Note that function names are case sensitive and that any parenthesis enclosing the argument list must follow the function name without any space in between Examples Abs 20 Max 15 amp AGE ToLower Convert this string to ALL Lowercase Min 10 11 amp SIZE A amp SIZE B Available Functions The currently available functions are described in Formula Functions 173 Operators Operators always work on two operands which may be any valid expressions Some operators require their operand expressions to be of the type number while others require them to be of the type text Operators for
252. operands is of type text then the is interpreted as the concatenation operator and the result will be of type text If the other operand is of the type number it is automatically converted to text first see Automatic Type Conversion Operator Precedence and Parenthesis Formulas are processed by LISTSERV Maestro following the usual mathematical conventions The multiplication division type operators P and have higher precedence than the addition subtraction type operators and 174 Operators with higher precedence are processed first if several operators with the same precedence level are encountered They are processed from left to right Parenthesis can be set freely to influence precedence Inner parenthesis will be processed before outer parenthesis Examples 15 3 4 Result 27 gw ue Result 32 qu cw 22 4512 8 5 Result 2 17 22 2 5 Result 17 17 22 2 5 Result 187 Automatic Type Conversion Operators and functions usually require their operands and arguments to be of a certain type However under one circumstance it is possible to supply an expression of a different type as an operand or argument which will then automatically be converted to the required type Whenever an operand or argument of the type text is required an expression of the type text or of the type number can be used In the latt
253. options and as a result change the appearance of the report on the View page and change the data that is downloaded on the Download Report page Any changes made on the Change Result Settings screen do not change the actual report definition they are only temporary allowing the user to see different views and download different data To change the report permanently changes need to be entered on the Result Settings tab of the Define Report page and then the changed report saved See Edit Report Create Report for more information 116 For a sum of events report the following options can be selected e Result Calculation Defines how the results on chart are calculated Total number of events Displays the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted the resulting bar length for will be 123 Percentage of total number of events Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if for a data source 150 events have been counted then the line length for that data source will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced yet For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if 150 events have been counted then the bar length for that
254. or more information on using recipient target groups and see the Data Administrator s Manual for how to create recipient target groups Figure 37 Recipient Summary Summary ontions Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary rs Cancel lt Back Finish Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL_ADDRESS Name Column F_NAME Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Validation Results Execute Date Time May 26 2004 04 04 02 PM Valid recipients will be used for delivery 102 download Recipients with errors ignored during delivery O Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Define Duplicate Elimination Recipient Sample F NAME L NAME EMAIL ADDRESS MODEL NUM PET zoe Zimmerman zoe maestro dema lsoft com 9595 dog Yvette Yosel yvette maestro demo lsoft com 8787 cat Xavier Xero Xavier maestro dema lsoft com 5454 bird Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred maestro demo lsoft cam 9595 none Vanna VonSchedule Vanna maestro dema lsoft com 8787 cat Ursula Underhill Ursula maestro demo lsoft com 5454 none Toby Tuttle TobyGmaestro demo lsoft com 5454 dog Seth Simpson SethOmaestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Ron Remmington Ron maestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Quod Quartermaster Quod maestro demo lsoft com 5454 none
255. or the given language and country and any locale specific text in the formatted date time representation will be given according to this locale Examples ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy formats the current date using the default U S locale ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy Germany formats the current date using the pre defined locale for Germany ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy de AT formats the current date using a custom locale for language de German and country AT Austria ToLower Function Returns the given text argument with all Return Type letters converted to lowercase letters Text ToLower text Arguments text Type Text The text string to convert to lowercase Examples ToLower Convert All UPPERCASE to Lowercase 182 ToMillis ToMillis dat etext formatpatter n localename langcode countrycode Function Returns the numerical value representing the date time as parsed from a text string argument where the numerical value specifies the date time in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT can then be compared to the output of the functions CurrentMillis and SubscribeTimeMillis or be used as input to ToDate The format used to parse the given date time text string is specified with the given format argument Note For parsi
256. ore GMT 7 5 1 Re authorizing Auto Repeat Jobs Any auto repeat job currently in the Outbox awaiting its scheduled delivery time can have its delivery authorization revoked just like a normal job If authorization is revoked the job will be put back into the Resume Jobs list where it can be edited again If a job is re authorized for future delivery the job may have its standing changed in respect to the auto repeat sequence it was part of before the authorization was revoked Here are the possible standings e The job is the first job of an auto repeat sequence This means that no delivery has taken place for this job because it was the first job of the sequence and was already revoked before its scheduled delivery time When re authorized the job will simply continue to be the first and still only job of the same auto repeat sequence it belonged to before 86 e The job is not the first job of the auto repeat sequence but has not been changed since the delivery authorization was revoked This means that this job is already an automatically created copy that is part of an auto repeat sequence The delivery authorization of this job was revoked but the job has not changed the job since then When re authorized the job can continue as part of the same auto repeat sequence or it can start a new auto repeat sequence This choice will have to be made on the Authorize Delivery screen Figure 73 Auto Repeat Re Authorization
257. ork CA will see the text about winning sunglasses For residences of any New York bb state NY or amp city New York Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses eb 156 Table 8 Conditional Operators is equal to case insensitive is strictly equal to case sensitive is greater than M is less than Il V is greater than or equal to is less than or equal to matches wildcard expression negation used in conjunction with the other mathematical operators for instance means is not equal to The specified text is found in the space separated data provided For instance bb DEC IN amp DATE The server s internal variable DATE outputs the day s date in the format Day dd Mon yyyy hh mm ss TZ This statement would evaluate true if the date were any day in December and false for any other day of the year NOT IN The specified text is not found in the space separated data provided Testing Conditional Blocks Any number of conditional blocks can be inserted into the body of a message Conditional blocks will be processed and resolved by LISTSERV during delivery and will not appear as part of the final message that is sent to recipients Figure 127 shows a plain text message that contains conditional blocks and merge fields Figures 128 and 129 show variations of the resulting message when certain
258. ors Manual available from http www Isoft com resources manuals asp Unlike using LISTSERV Maestro to extract recipient data from an external user database using the Recipient Warehouse to manage recipient data requires no specialized database administration knowledge and no SQL coding LISTSERV Maestro is your DBA it manages the data tables used to store the data and it guides the Data Administrator when defining target groups Datasets Each dataset contains a table that holds data about each recipient or member of the dataset The data stored for each member is determined by the Data Administrator In addition to the e mail field which is mandatory for all members the Data Administrator can define other text numeric Boolean true or false and selection fields that can be collected and stored for all the dataset members Each dataset contains one or more lists that members can subscribe to Additional data fields can be added to individual lists The data collected and stored from these fields is associated with individual subscribers on these lists For example the dataset could store the e mail address and name of all its members but subscribers to the Animal Anecdotes list within the dataset might additionally be requested to indicate which animals they are interested in reading about The dataset fields and the list fields can all be used as merge fields to personalize e mail content sent with LISTSERV Maestro to the lis
259. orted into a statistical software program to generate charts and graphs Figure 106 Event Details Report Selected Job October Widget Company Newsletter ID NEWS 020821B Report Tracking data for October Widget Company Newsletter Download Report Result Report of type Raw Information of Events Collected During the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file choose from the list below for which job s from which data source you want to download the events Then select the time zone and file encoding to be used to format the result and click the download button Click Select to add the data source to the download Data Source Open ip Events BW S 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter g Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com Fws 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter Data Source Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Select NEWS 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter Data Source Click Through Events for link sneak peak http www Isoft com current selected Data source Open Up Events with jobs e NEWS 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter Select a different time zone Time zone use my local time zone y File encoding Select y Select file encoding memmen Executed Aug 26 2002 04 08 47 PM T Including events from Aug 26 2002 11 09 00 AM un
260. ounts click on Team Member in the top left corner of the table It is also possible to copy permissions from another job by selecting the job from the drop down menu Click OK to save the settings Figure 7 Team Collaboration Screen Team Collaboration Select other account holders that have permission to execute the following workflow steps for this job You also can load permissions from another job Select E Select Undelivered Jobs Use i Bieta 020222C Beth at L Soft Delivery sein Reports Recipients Content Definition Definition Team Member Cancel fip Separating responsibilities for different aspects of an e mail job to team members with expertise in those aspects will help to ensure an effective message is sent to the right recipients and useful tracking data is collected For example a company wants to send new product information to clients and find out which clients opened certain links contained in the message A team would be assembled to send out this message The project leader would initiate the job in LISTSERV Maestro and become the job owner The job owner would enlist an HTML expert to create the content of an HTML message a marketing expert to determine the recipients of this message and an analyst to decide the types of information to be tracked for a company report Section 4 Defining Recipients of an E mail Job The next step in creat
261. ource Details for Reaction to a Previous Job sssssssseeee enne enne nnns 22 Figure 21 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data eee 23 Figure 22 Recipients Details for Reaction to a Previous Job with Additional Recipient Data sesssssss 24 Figure 23 Options for Recipients Defined from a Previous Job sssseeeeeee enm emm emen 26 Fig re 24 Options for Uploaded Text File oreet tte aiii 27 Figure 25 Define Recipients from an Uploaded File ssseeeeene emen carac 28 Figure 26 Define Recipients Source Details Parse RecipientS onooccccnnnnncnnnnoccnnnoncccconancnnnonnncnn nn enm eene 29 Figure 27 Define Recipients for Uploaded Text File Specify Details Manually enn 30 vi Figure 28 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data oooonnoonnnncnnonnniccnonacinononcncnnnannnnano nos 32 Figure 29 Recipients Details for Uploaded text File with Additional Recipient Data eene 33 Figure 30 Recipient Summaalty rner nt reium E E ad rae Sdn vede 34 Figure 31 Duplicate Elimination i tiir Eg eee qa Dee tese 35 Figure 32 Option Select Recipients from a Database sssssseseeeeene enne nene nennen nnne nnns 36 Figure 33 Source for Select Database Plugin sss nennen enne nnnm nenne e
262. owledge The Hosted Recipient Lists are also the only type of list that supports Selection fields Only LISTSERV Maestro can be used to send to Hosted Recipient Lists Hosted LISTSERV Lists provide a database back end for a traditional LISTSERV list Using Hosted LISTSERV Lists provides the features that are available in LISTSERV such as discussion lists message archives digests automatic bounce processing and the ability to send to the list from a normal e mail client as an alternative to using the Maestro User Interface Subscriber Pages LISTSERV Maestro creates web pages containing forms where subscribers can enter their own data and manage their own subscriptions The default subscriber pages are generated automatically when the Data Administrator creates a dataset and chooses for the dataset to be visible No HTML coding or CGI scripting required System Drop In Content Elements Powerful advanced features for segmenting mailing lists and personalizing content have been added with a feature called System Drop ins Acting like regular drop ins system drop ins use predefined opening and closing tags and must be enabled in the content of a message However system drop ins are created and named by LISTSERV Maestro They can be used to add a login or unsubscribe URL to message content They can even be used to perform calculations on existing subscriber and system data such as adding a subscribe date and time calculating su
263. ple click on the image link or on the text link To get this information mark both links for tracking and give them different aliases LISTSERV Maestro will then be able to report which of the links was clicked when reviewing the tracking data Other examples include finding out if links at the top of a message are clicked more often than those at the bottom or if animated GIFs motivated more people to click on a link when compared with smaller more conservative images When aliases are used to group links with different target URLs together larger comparisons can be made For example all image links in 66 a message can be given the one alias and all text links in a message can be given another to determine if people click on image links or text links more often e Important To track links in a plain text message or in the alternative text of a HTML message enclose them in quotation marks lt gt http www Isoft com This formatting tells LISTSERV Maestro that this is a link that can be tracked in a plain text message The quotation marks will be removed from the message before it is delivered if the link is actually selected for tracking 6 4 Type of Tracking LISTSERV Maestro supports four different levels of tracking information about e mail recipients Set the tracking type on the Type screen Each type of tracking will yield different data sets based on the recipient list and any database information available to the
264. plies are an option for recipients and if the reply to address is different from the sender s e mail address 74 Figure 66 Sender Information Edit Sender Information You can load a saved profile and or enter the sender information manually Load from Profile Sales Select a saved profile from the drop down menu Select Beth Supply Sender Iha Sales E mail Address chairman yahoo com Sender Name Sales optional Reply To Address sales lsoft com optional Bounce Handling Handle bounced messages automatically Send bounced messages to Advanced Sender Information Settings You may define additional X Headers here which will be added to the MIME headers of the mail during delivery Add Row X Header Name X Header Text Clear Row Clear Row Clear Row Advanced sender information settings are enabled Click to disable Click this link to save the sender information as a profile Lex T cancel that can be used by members of the same group Save Sender as New Profile Profile Title Graphic Arts Department E mail Address bstinsonGlsoft com Sender Name Graphics Reply To Address graphics lsoft com Bounce Handling lt automatically handled gt Advanced Settings Partem X version Version 2 0 Cancel 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job It is critically important to test an e mail job thoroughly before sending it especiall
265. plying conditions 192 Appendix Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client The following issues apply when using Netscape 7 0 and Mozilla 1 0 0 or later on a Linux client to access the LISTSERV Maestro user interfaces Font Size To display the user interface with the original font sizes please set the Netscape or Mozilla browser to a text zoom factor of 130 Go to the View menu select Text Zoom then Other then input the value 130 HTML Upload Uploading of an HTML page as the content of a HTML mail message happens with a Java based upload applet This applet is executed on the client computer where the Netscape or Mozilla browser is running and it is started automatically by the browser when the Upload HTML button is clicked For Netscape and Mozilla on Linux to be able to start and run this Java applet the Java 1 4 plugin must be installed The applet will not work with the Java 1 3 plugin To install the Java 1 4 plugin do so here examples shown for Netscape but this is similar for Mozilla simply exchange the path names accordingly e Goto Sun s Java pages at http java sun com and look for the 1 4 x JRE Java Runtime Environment for Linux at the time this document was written this was the JRE 1 4 1 available here http java sun com j2se 1 4 1 download html Download it e Install the JRE on your Linux client e Use a console and go to the folder called plugins
266. ports see Section 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports For more information on creating and editing reports see Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 7 4 Scheduling Delivery of a Job LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to immediately send out an approved e mail job or schedule a job for future sending Jobs can be scheduled to be delivered once or to repeat automatically during programmed intervals Scheduling the delivery of a message can take place at any time during the creation of the e mail job however final delivery is still subject to delivery testing and delivery authorization 7 4 1 Scheduling Information for Normal Jobs The Schedule Delivery screen opens input with selections to schedule the delivery of a normal job that will be delivered once and not repeat This is the default delivery scheduling format for LISTSERV Maestro Select the option button for Deliver immediately when authorizea or Deliver at the following time If the job is scheduled for a future delivery date and time enter the date and time in the edit boxes using the format displayed adjacent to each box The date and time entered are dependent on the time zone selected from the drop down selection box at the bottom of the screen Local time is relative to the workstation accessing the job and not the server running LISTSERV Maestro See Appendix A for a conversion table for formatting AM and PM times to be compatible with LISTSERV Maestro 80 Figure
267. quals 16 00 5 00 PM equals 17 00 6 00 PM equals 18 00 7 00 PM equals 19 00 8 00 PM equals 20 00 9 00 PM equals 21 00 10 00 PM equals 22 00 11 00 PM equals 23 00 12 00 AM equals 00 00 144 Appendix B E mail and International Character Sets Computers store all information in the form of bits or their 8 bit conglomerations bytes Bits are also the entities that are transferred from the sender s computer to the recipient s computer whenever an e mail message is sent E mail programs take the message and convert it to bits The message is sent and the receiving e mail client program translates these bits back into a readable message for the recipient This process takes place seamlessly for the sender and the recipient The sender first creates a text message and the recipient receives a text message all the converting remains behind the scenes In order for characters from an alphabet to be converted into bits for transmission and then converted back into the message the bits have to be arranged into sequences representing each character in the alphabet Matching the bit sequences to alphabetical characters is called mapping Mapping bit sequences to alphabets has resulted in several different so called character sets short charsets that have been defined and standardized by the international community In the English speaking world probably the most widely used
268. r facility to better serve our customers If you would like to contact Language Mail will be sent with language charset for West European Latin 1 charset IS0 8859 1 Edit HTML code or an Air Machine model number plain text directly in the text boxes Conditional content is enabled for this job Use the buttons at the bottom to upload or download the message Use the Language link at the bottom to select the language encoding Drop in content is similar to merging fields except that the same content is merged into the e mail message for all recipients For more information on merging fields see Section 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks Drop ins can be used to create pre defined content 46 parts that can then be inserted into any message For example a drop in content element could be created with a company header and added to all the outgoing e mail messages simply by including the name of the drop in element in the content For more information about creating drop in content elements see Section 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements Drop in content must first be enabled before it can be used in a message The Define Content screen will display a green enabled if drop in content can be used A red disabled will appear if drop in content is not available Click on the Change link to toggle between enabled and disabled LISTSERV Maestro recognizes drop in elements if they app
269. r the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER 1list login html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Hosted Recipient List e Recipients type target group with a target group of the type Based on Classic LISTSERV lis where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Tip Include the login URL system drop in in e mail messages so that recipients can control their own subscription settings easily and without having to find or remember a long URL Unsubscribe URL The unsubscribe URL system drop in is named UnsubscribeURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example UnsubscribeURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to an unsubscribe page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this 160 http YOUR SERVER list unsubscribe html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of th
270. ration button becomes available if there are other account holders in the group This function makes it possible to set up a team of people to collaborate on a job From the Job Details Summary screen Team Collaboration is the bottom listing and can be edited if the Edit link is active The job owner can choose team members and assign each person privileges rights to perform certain functions within that job The job owner always has privileges to all the functions of his her job and other account holders may not revoke these privileges Other team members can have different responsibilities for different aspects of a job Team members can also share responsibilities for the same aspects of a job Figure 6 Change Job Information Screen Change Job Information Job Title November Newsletter Job ID Prefix placed before the system generated Job ID This button becomes active when there are other account OK Cancel holders in the job owner s group gt ream Collaboration Clicking Team Collaboration reveals other account holders in the job owner s group The job owner can choose the privileges to grant or revoke by clicking in the check boxes next to each account To grant or revoke a certain privilege for all accounts in the group click on the corresponding privilege in the title bar To grant or revoke all privileges for a certain account click on the account holder s name To grant or revoke all privileges for all acc
271. re three choices Total number of events The y value of the graph will display the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted for an interval the resulting line height for that interval on the y value will be 123 Percentage of the total number of messages sent The y value shows percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if in an interval 150 events have been counted then the line height for that interval on the y value will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Note The percentage could be more than 100 if multiple event types are being represented by a given data source or if single recipients produce multiple events Percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent The y value shows percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if in an interval 150 events have been counted then the line height for that interval on the y value will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 Interval Size Defines the size time period for each interval on the chart The number of events that occur within the interval will be plotted on the chart Intervals can be grouped hourly daily or weekly Result Accumulation Defines whether values plotted on the chart will display cumulatively from one
272. reate a new profile Profile Title Date Time saved Amy Kitter Jan 9 2002 11 04 07 AM Corporate One Jan 9 2002 11 05 25 AM New Profile Figure 116 Creating and Editing Sender Profiles Create Sender Profile Edit Sender Profile Profile Title Profile Title Corporate One E mail Address E mail Address corp 1 ourcompany com Sender Name optional Sender Name Corp One optional Reply To Address optional Reply To Address optional Bounce Handling Bounce Handling Handle bounced messages automatically Handle bounced messages automatically Send bounced messages to Send bounced messages to OK Cancel OK Cancel Delete Fill in the required fields and click OK to save a profile e Profile Title Give the profile a title that will identify it when it appears on the user s list of all saved profiles e E mail Address Fill in the e mail address of the sender of the message 130 e Sender Name This is an optional field but if it is filled in the sender s name it will appear in the from field of the e mail message If the sender name is left blank the from field will be filled in by the e mail address e Reply To Address This is an optional field Include an e mail address if replies are an option for recipients and if the reply to address is different from the sender s e mail address e Bounce Handling Select Handle bounced mess
273. recipient ID The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list 10 Column RECIPIENT_ID ADDRESS2 CITY ADDRESS1 RECIPIENT_ID F_NAME L_NAME STATE POSTAL_CODE COUNTRY PHONE 00012 zoe 205 MO 21205 us 410 5 0002y vette 0003x 0004w Wilfred 0005v Vanna edule MI 0006u Ursula Underhill NY 0007t Toby Tuttle MD 084 0008 Soth NY 42t 0009r Ron cT 6703 0 demo Isoft com 00109 Quod Quartermaster 3501 Nicholson Terrace Farbanks AK 99702 uodBmaestro demo Jsoft com Select the column from the recipient list that contains the recipient ID using the drop down menu The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list This means that the value can never be repeated for any other recipient and is never empty for any recipient A customer number registration number or other unique identifier in the data works well for this purpose Click Next gt to continue This version is for personal tracking when the recipients are defined from a database selected by LISTSERV or by a LISTSERV list with the option Special list message selected Figure 63 Personal Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Type Details lt Back Tracking Type Details Personal Tracking with recipient list from a LISTSERV database Select the column from the recipient lis
274. replaces the whole URL with the tracking URL including the parameters For example the following URL with three constant parameters no merge fields used http host domain path paraml valuel amp param2 value2 amp param3 value3 will be fully replaced by LISTSERV Maestro with a tracking URL similar to this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp Since the parameters are also replaced by the tracking URL it does not matter if the parameter list contains a parameter called ref or not However this is only true if no merge field is used in the parameter list meaning that there are only constant parameters Section 6 Tracking The ability to track information about e mail jobs is a powerful resource for understanding how recipients respond to messages when messages are accessed and what types of recipients are actually seeing messages By understanding the types of recipients who are opening messages when they are opening them and whether they are clicking on links contained in them senders can precisely tailor future messages to specific recipients Recipients who are genuinely interested in the information contained in a message are much more likely to open and interact with the message Senders who understand their recipients needs and interests and target messages appropriately will experience higher levels of user satisfaction and enhance their own reputation Tracking and recording recipient and user info
275. rmation has ethical and legal implications L Soft expects that each user will utilize the software responsibly Responsible use of the software includes but is not limited to observation of all laws and legal requirements that apply to use of the software and specifically privacy concerns of the recipients It is the full responsibility of the user to be apprised of all relevant ethical and legal implications regarding use of the software LISTSERV Maestro can track a variety of different information about recipients and how they interact with a sent message Tracking statistics reports are available in a number of formats Tracking data can also be downloaded so that it can be used in other statistical and reporting software packages With a special Microsoft Excel Add In downloaded statistics can be easily imported to generate tables and graphs in Excel For more information see Section 10 4 Using the Excel Add In Note It is not necessary for tracking to be enabled to send out an e mail job fip Let recipients know that they are being tracked and how tracking information is being used by providing a statement in the company or institution s privacy policy Post the policy on the web and provide users and recipients the URL for reference 61 6 1 Defining Tracking There are five basic steps to define tracking for a single e mail job that are reflected in the screens that make up the define tracking wizard These steps ar
276. rom a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 2 2 Source Select the LISTSERV list for the job from the drop down menu Next select one of the two options for the type of list message to be sent It is possible to send the message as a standard list message to subscribers which will limit the tracking options but allow for the use of Topics see Section 4 2 3 1 LISTSERV Topics The other option is to send the message as a special list message see Section 4 2 3 2 Special List Messages that allows for mail merging and more tracking options 15 Figure 13 Define Recipients from a LISTSERV List Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Recipients Source Send to LISTSERY List Information about the currently selected LISTSERY list List Name INSECT LAND Insect World Discussion Group y C Send jd Select No mai 2SSEBALL TALK Open discussion list for baseball BASKET TALK Open discussion list for basketball Send jQ BIO TALK BACK Open discussion list for the Biology Dep No bou FOOTBALL TALK Discussion of all things football Standa INSECT LAND Insect World Discussion Group ble blind tracking possible e Important Note The type of message selected has an impact on how the sender of the message is defined The sender of a message is defined under
277. s Preface What s New in LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 sssssssssssssssssssessssssesssssssssessseesessessneesesssessesssseseesessseensesseeseeseeseens i The Recipieht Warehouse musicians i BEI ceili oath heii A ai i Lookup Tables 0 cet hen ice ASR lil a aS ii Lists iaa da ii Subscriber Pages pee eig cel hel Aa ii System Drop In Content Elements sarisini te e ii Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseee esee nennen nennen nnne nnn nn nnn nn nnns natns n etna natn nnne 1 TAL System Requirements 5 esos n roin ati a 1 1 2 Accessing LISTSERV Maestro mii iesu ve sil ER nde eee shies dees de Tee e EE ie e e eoe ER pe Ea T RE 2 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee esee enne nennen nnn nnne 3 Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an E mail Job seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nnne nnne nnn nnne nnns 4 9A Starting a O E es 5 3 2 Defining a New Job eere a Mai ean ne aan inn ee 6 3 3 Using the Workflow Diagram seisi iesenii iiit ii cnc nono nn rr n enne nnn en nera nenne nennen nns 7 3 4 Using the Summary Diagram entiers a e e a E 8 3 5 Team Collaboration 5 5 cierre a ees rere deer deer leue Te concede e eee deed eve e aU Terr Ee dede 9 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an E mail JOD eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnne nnn nnne nnn nn ni nnn
278. s If nothing is entered into the optional test line box then no text is added to the test messages A test line will never be added to a final e mail job Figure 67 Delivery Test Delivery Test Specify Delivery Test Recipients E mail Column EMAIL Name Column NAME Subject test Test line testing iq This text will be added to each test message Click the Add Row link to add a blank row to the table EMAIL Clear Row Tony tiger anycorp com Clear Row jimmy doc biatech net Click Clear Row to delete the Clear Row Beth fwriter company cam data from that row Send Delivery Test Messages Save amp Close Cancel Advanced Options Use the Advanced Options links to copy e Copy recipients and test line from another job fest recipient data from another source e Upload delivery test recipients from a text file e Download delivery test recipients or download test recipients to a local file Note It is not necessary to fill out all rows Only those rows where the e mail column field is filled in are used the other rows are ignored Click Send Delivery Test Messages to continue Click Save amp Close to save the test recipient data but not send the test message Once the messages have been sent review the results It is usually a good idea to include the job owner and any team members in the test recipient list so test results can be viewed firsthand Select the option
279. s a table that lists the report type time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data Click the download link to download the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used in Microsoft Excel or other statistical software to create detailed reports Event detail reports are available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs Next select the source data for the report type Each data source will create a line or bar on the chart There are up to five choices depending on the type of message Plain Text or HTML as well as the tracking events defined in the message Open Up events This option charts all the open up events for a job It is only available for HTML messages Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report For example if three links were being tracked in a message they would appear as one line or bar on the chart Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked For example if three links were being tracked in a message each of the three links would appear as a separate line or bar on the chart Open Up and Click Through events all links bundled This option puts all the open up events into one variable and all the
280. s as a check box If checked HTML mail will be sent If unchecked plain text mail will be sent Uses maestro_recipients_less table in Oracle customer database Pet Type Description Selects recipients pet type Appears as a single input field Uses maestro recipients less table in Oracle customer database Select by CITY Description Select recipients by city Appears as a drop down menu Uses maestro_recipients_less table in Oracle customer database Back to Previously Selected Target Group Define Recipients Options Source Cancel lt Back Next gt Source Information about the currently selected recipients target group Target Group Pet Type Selects recipients pet type Appears as a single input field Uses maestro Description recapients less table in Oracle customer database Parameters Type in the kind of pet you own Use this link to change the selected target group 4 1 3 Source Details The Source Details screen allows the account holder to choose the specific recipients from the target group based on the parameters set up the data administrator Each parameter is designed by the data administrator to appear as a drop down menu a check box or a text input box The Source Details screen requires that those parameters be filled in by selecting what data will be extracted from the data source
281. s calculated Total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Interval Size Defines the how many events will be grouped in each interval Events per hour O Events per day O Events per week Result Accumulation Defines if values accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Accumulate interval values Changing the settings above only affect the resulting diagram produced when you click the Execute button To permanently change the report click on the Edit Report icon below Executed Sep 27 2002 09 18 44 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM Click the Execute button to change the View screen the appearance of the chart or graph and change the downloadable data 10 3 4 Edit Report Create Report To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of the quick report
282. s each tracked link a special name that can be distinguished from other links even if they go to the same URL This becomes significant when viewing tracking data making it possible to discern tracking events by alias name instead of just the target URL Assigning aliases depends in part on what is being measured and compared in tracking reports Aliases can be assigned to individuate URLs that go to the same source or group URLs that go to different sources together under one name Aliases are also helpful when reading tracking reports In a tracking report each tracked link is labeled with its URL Many times URLs even when different from each other are not significant to those viewing reports By assigning an alias the tracked link is labeled with meaningful text as well as the URL When aliases for tracked links are not defined aliases are optional LISTSERV Maestro will only be able to find the URL of the link in the tracking data This may be adequate if each URL appears only once in the e mail message or if there is no need to track which of several instances were clicked If the same URL appears in several links in the message it will not be possible to know which of the links was actually clicked without defined aliases For example a message may have both an image link and a textual link in the running text body both of which link to a company homepage When looking at the tracking data the company would like to know if more peo
283. s for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval o The values are shown as percentage of unbounced sent messages 9 Event Data Sources Summary t ll Open Up Events Sum 214 g E Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 42 o Wi Click Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoft com Sum 50 a Click Through Events for link sneak preview text Mm LI Sum 35 http www widgets com E Click Through Events for link advanced order text m B casino rden widgsts raw cam EME Wi Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www Isoft com Sum 82 Additional Data Sources Summary Number of Sent Messages Sum 100 ber of Executed Sep 27 2002 09 18 44 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM 171 3 on o D 128 oO D E o nd O 85 Q E 2 c E 9 42 o S 5 o o D ow g From Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 fi To Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM S ime intervals The values for the intervals are not accumulated from interval to interval o D The values are shown as percentage of sent messages oa Event Data Sources Summary E Open Up Events Sum 214 E Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 42 Wi Click Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoft com Sum 50 Click Through Events for link sneak preview text i W bteo muw widgets com Sumi sme Click T
284. sary will to type in a title for the new job After that a new job with recipients already defined is created 121 10 5 2 Edit Report Create Report with This as Template To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of the quick report Type in a title for the report and then click Save 8 Execute to save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 6 Event Details Report Event Details reports are available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source Use the top frame to select the data source and the bottom frame to select the time zone and file encoding to be used to format the downloaded data Data must be downloaded and imp
285. se for the ImportTrackerStatistics xla file that was downloaded and select it 5 If there is an existing version a query will ask to replace the existing file Click Yes The little feet icon should re appear on the toolbar 6 Click the little feet icon click Start and follow the directions from there Important If the new version of the ImportTrackerstatistics xla file is downloaded and saved in a different location than the old version the existing file will not be replaced after answering Yes to the query The old file may remain associated with Excel even when the new version is selected under Tools gt Add Ins gt Browse If this is the case an error message will appear saying the file already exists and it is not possible to have two versions of the same file To correct this situation search for all versions of the ImportTrackerStatistics xla file on your local drive and delete them Then follow all the steps above Section 11 User Settings The User Settings screen allows individual users to save and change their account specific settings in four areas e Sender Profiles This option is only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to define sender profiles Sender profiles are shared among all members of a group A group member does not need permission to create new sender profiles in order to use any existing profiles e Drop in Content Elements This option is only avai
286. sed as a template for the new job the copied job does not have to have been delivered Using this option can save time by reusing an already created recipients list as a template for a new job Some settings can be changed within the new job depending on the type of job that was copied 4 4 1 Options The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the option button Use Recipients Definition from Job and then select the job from the drop down menu All jobs that have had a recipients definition successfully saved will appear in the selection list This includes jobs that are undelivered in the Outbox or have already been delivered Click Next to proceed 25 Figure 23 Options for Recipients Defined from a Previous Job Define Recipients Options d lt Bach Next gt A Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Select v Use Recipients Definition from Job Select y Undelivered Jobs Defin 0404166 Conditionals text c 040301K Testing conditional blocks 040120C Bagels and Donuts Outbox 0405184 Outbox Example Delivered Jobs 0402254 March Newsletter hd 4 4 2 Source The settings of the previous job will determine which
287. selected After selections have been made click Next to continue and the query will be run against the data source 4 1 4 Recipient Details There are no recipient details for recipient target groups 14 4 1 5 Summary The Summary screen will appear listing all the recipients who matched the criterion and make up the recipients list Recipients with errors in their addresses may be downloaded Duplicate elimination is usually determined by the data administrator when the target group is first created 4 2 Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Sending to an existing LISTSERV list uses the identified list s subscriber names and addresses to create the recipient list for the e mail job Contained in a drop down menu are all the LISTSERV lists available to the LISTSERV Maestro instance 4 2 1 Options The first screen that opens in the define recipients process is the Options screen Select the option button Send to an Existing LISTSERV List and then click Next gt Figure 12 Options for an Existing LISTSERV List Define Recipients Options Source d Z Cancel Back Next gt A Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Jab Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File C Select Recipients f
288. sers or other identifying data Unique tracking is available For recipients uploaded as a text file and the option Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking chosen on Recipients Details page in recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the option Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking chosen on Recipients Details page in recipients wizard 2 For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the option special list message chosen on the Source page in recipients wizard For recipients defined by a database select by LISTSERV 68 For recipients defined Based on Reaction to a Previous Job chosen on the Options page in recipients wizard as long as Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking is chosen on the Recipients Details page in recipients wizard For target groups based on any of the above e Blind Tracking Collects unspecific tracking data recording only the number of times open up and click through events occur Blind tracking cannot discern between a single person clicking a link 100 times and 100 people clicking a link once The total count will be 100 events in both instances Therefore all blind tracking events are considered non unique This has specific implications for Sum of Events report types See Section 7 3 Running Test Reports and Sec
289. ses can also be used to group different links together into a larger group to measure the overall number of clicks in a message In this case all the links would be given the same alias If aliases are not defined for tracked links aliases are optional LISTSERV Maestro will only be able to find the URL of the link in the tracking data 142 LISTSERV The most prevalent e mail list management software in the world today It is an application that allows users to create and maintain e mail lists on their corporate networks or on the Internet LISTSERV supports all types of e mail lists newsletters moderated and unmoderated discussion groups and direct marketing campaigns List sizes can range from a few participants in a discussion group to several million in a newsletter Every list and its archives can be maintained through a simple web interface which can be fully customized to match a website profile LSMTP E mail delivery application that distributes messages at a very high rate of speed MIME Stands for Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions Extensions to the Internet mail format that allow it to carry multiple types of data as attachments to e mail messages Multiple Selection List In hosted recipient data a field that appears as a drop down menu that allows one or more items to be selected Open Up Event A trackable occurrence available with HTML e mail messages that records each time a message is opened by a
290. sing them twice in succession Note If both the default and the more optional parameters are used together in one string the default must be used first and then more Multiple Selection Field Advanced Set Operators This set of operators allows for the creation of drop ins to personalized content for recipients based on their selections from the multiple selection field This is a complex yet very powerful tool that can be used to send specialized content to individual recipients based on their recipient data For example in a message to subscribers who selected a hobby or hobbies from the selection list hobbies a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations for those who selected surfing as one of their choices will be included Hobbyists without surfing as a selection will not receive the ad but will receive another general advertisement This type of system drop in is based upon comparing two sets The first set of items is taken from the multiple selection list and the second set of items is created by the user The two sets two groups of items can then be compared using four different operators to see what relationship they have to one another The outcome of this comparison can be either true or false and will determine which content is dropped into which message The name of this version of drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi not FIELD_NAME OP CO
291. sis and the COUNT like this Multi hobbies separated by default other more and COUNT more would create a drop in that read surfing poker reading and 15 more Note If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession Note If you want to use both the default and the more optional parameter you must use default first and then more Here are some examples that use all these tools Assume a subscriber which has selected the hobbies Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing and Swimming from a multiple selection listed named HOBBIES The drop in Multi HOBBIES separated by will be replaced with Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing Swimming in the body of the message Note that there is no space after the comma separator since none was included in the separator string of the directive If the drop in is rewritten as follows note the space after the comma Multi HOBBIES separated by then the replacement text in the message body would look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing Swimming 162 For the sake of the example assume that the above string would be too long for the 800 characters threshold which would be overstepped by Bird
292. sts at the next interval the delivery of the next copy will fail as well However the copy after that if there is one may have a chance to get through if conditions change and so on 89 Figure 76 Outbox Job Details Outbox Job Details Detailed information about the selected job Click on the Detail Links for more information about the related property Revoke Send Authorization Job e Job ID 020225D Job Title recipients3 State Authorized for Delivery Recipients View Recipient List Type List uploaded as a text file Number of Recipients 28 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Content View Subject October Newsletter Mail Type HTML Alternative Text YES List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking View Open Up Tracking ON Click Through Tracking OFF Tracking Type Anonymous Sender E mail Address widget company com Sender Name Beth Reply To Address Bounce Address Handle bounced messages automatically Section 9 Delivered Jobs Delivered Jobs is a listing of all the e mail jobs that have attempted delivery and the present state they are in processed successfully or failed during delivery Click on the Job ID of an individual job to open the Delivered Job Details screen This screen is composed of two tabbed pages Summary and Reports The Summary screen lists details for the selected job The Reports screen
293. sumes the line begins with an empty column e Ifa line ends with the separator character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the line ends with an empty column e fthe character that is used as the separator character also appears as part of the value of one or several of the column fields then it is necessary to enclose the fields in quotation marks or another quote character e Any character can be used as the quote character quotation marks or apostrophe are conventional except for the separator character e The same character must be used for the opening quote and for the closing quote If quotes are used in some records in a file especially records that appear near the end of the file it is important to manually define the separator and quote character instead of allowing LISTSERV Maestro to attempt to parse the file automatically By manually defining the separator and quote characters LISTSERV Maestro is forced to look at the entire file and parse it according to the values entered for these characters If LISTSERV Maestro attempts to parse the file automatically when it contains quote characters in some lines but not all those records may be parsed incorrectly or may be rejected as invalid If there is a need to include the quote character inside of the value of a field then this character must be escaped Escape the quote character by using it twice in direct succession The double appearance of the quote character will be
294. system However not all types of tracking are available for all recipients Choose the level of tracking desired based on the kinds of information already in the system and the permission received from recipients keeping within the boundaries of what is legally allowable in the user s jurisdiction e Personal Tracking Records open up and click through events traceable to the individual who triggered them Very specific information can be gathered about an individual s interaction with a message such as how many times a link has been clicked This data can be augmented with information from the database the recipient data was extracted from Personal tracking is available For recipients uploaded from a text file when the option Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking is selected from the Recipients Details page in the recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the option Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking chosen on Hecipients Details page in recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the option special list message chosen on the Source page in recipients wizard For recipients defined by a database selected by LISTSERV For recipients defined Based on Reaction to a Previous Job chosen on the Options page in recipients wizard For target groups based on any of the above When persona
295. t Definition Use the option buttons and drop down menus to set a variety of default report options including Report Type Time Period Time Zone Download Encoding and Team Collaboration 140 Figure 126 Report Definition Preferences Report Definition Preferences On this page you can set your individual report definition preferences Default Report Type C Let the system use the last Report Type Use the following Report Type Event distribution over time Event distribution over time Default Period Type Sum of events Recipient details Let the system use the last Per Eyent details Use the following Period Type Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events y Default Time Zone C Let the system use the last Time Zone Use the following Time Zone Use my local time zone E Default Download Encoding Let the system use the last Download Encoding Use the following Download Encoding Select Default Team Collaboration Click on the following link to change the team Edit Edit and Execute Only Execute After making any preference selections click OK to save the settings or Cancel to not save the settings and return to the User Preferences screen 141 Glossary of Terms Attachment A file linked to an e mail message Many programs use MIME encoding to attach files Click Through Event A trackable occurrence availa
296. t charset than the text of the message It is important to consider what happens when merging these names into the English body text The effect that the chosen charset has on the merge values depends on the kind of recipients definition selected for a particular job If recipients are uploaded as a text file based on the reaction of a previous job or are selected from a database by the Maestro User Interface then all recipients and their merge values are already known to the Maestro User Interface before the job is submitted to LISTSERV for delivery LISTSERV Maestro can therefore encode each merge value with the same charset that is used for the e mail text Consequently if the values are later merged into the text their charset will match that of the text However if a merge value contains a character that cannot be displayed in the charset chosen for the text then this character will be replaced with a question mark during the encoding and this question mark will appear in the mail that reaches the recipient to which the merge value belongs In the example described above where the message body was in plain text and the recipient list was composed of recipient names from all over the world a problem could occur because LISTSERV Maestro chooses the charset based on the message text not on the recipient values If the mail text itself is plain English then LISTSERV Maestro will determine ASCII as the correct encoding for the message an
297. t data can be a useful way to ensure that multiple messages are not sent to the same recipient It is common practice for one person to have more than one e mail address for example a work e mail address and a personal e mail address By creatively selecting one or more criteria to remove duplicates it is possible to avoid sending multiple messages to the same person with different e mail addresses Similarly several recipients may use the same e mail address for example family members sharing an ISP may also share an e mail address In this case it might be desirable to send multiple messages to the same address shared by multiple recipients but addressed to each individual using the e mail account Click Finish to save all settings and return to the Job Details screen and to the Summary or Workflow diagram The recipients can always be edited by selecting the Edit link from the Summary diagram or clicking on the Define Recipients icon from the Workflow diagram 4 7 Letting LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database The option Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database relies on a pre existing configuration of LISTSERV connected to a database or databases whereas LISTSERV acts as the communicator between the database s and LISTSERV Maestro This option may only be used if LISTSERV has been set up to work with a database The site administrator should consult the LISTSERV Developer s Manual for details 42 4 7 1 Options
298. t data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL To header information that will be used for all recipients Address optional Name Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 39 4 6 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an e mail job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients e mail addresses Use the drop down menu to select the E mail Column In the case of a mail merge job use the drop down menu to select the Name column as well see Figure 35 Selecting the Name Column is optional but it makes a
299. t demographic information such as age gender or zip postal code can be Unique Tracking Records the number of times unique open up and click through events occur but is not associated with individual users or other identifying data C Blind Tracking Collects unspecific tracking data recording only the number of times open up and click through events occur The number of events is simply recorded they are not necessarily unique and are not linked to individual users Click Next gt to continue 6 5 Type Details If Personal Tracking or Anonymous Tracking is selected the Type Details screen appears For Personal Tracking Type Details is used to select a value that is unique for each recipient For Anonymous Tracking Type Details is used to separate columns containing identifying information such as a name or telephone number from columns containing anonymous information such as age gender or city There are three versions of the Type Details screen This version is for personal tracking when the recipients are defined from a text file from a LISTSERV Maestro selected database or a target group based on either one 70 Figure 62 Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition Q aDetxis Iot IxpeDetals Summary LA TE E J R A lt Back Next Tracking Type Details Personol Tracking with recipients from a target group lect the column from the recipient list that contains the
300. t for different recipients that would otherwise have to be sent in multiple jobs Conditional blocks are sections of text that are inserted into a message based on a conditional statement If the condition is true a particular section of text will be inserted into the message If the condition is false the text will not be inserted An ELSE clause can be included as part of the conditional statement so that a different section of text will be inserted into the message when the condition is false e Important Conditional blocks use a significant amount of processing time Use with care for jobs with a large volume of recipients If messages will be substantially different for different recipients it may be more efficient and easier to test if the recipients are split up among multiple jobs with fewer conditional blocks rather than trying to fit many different messages into one job with a complex conditional block structure Syntax for Conditional Blocks The syntax of a conditional block is composed of directives and operators A conditional block is coded by using the BB begin block the EB end block and the ELSE directives Comments can be added without appearing in the final message by placing a before the text containing the comment Each directive must be on a line by itself starting as the first character of the line Conditional directives are not case sensitive
301. t is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 5 6 1 Merge Fields for more information If the message is being sent as bulk e mail it is not possible to change the headers see Figure 36 4 6 5 Summary The Summary screen lists all the selections made in the recipients wizard From here it is possible to use the lt Back button to re enter the wizard and make changes LISTSERV Maestro will validate the recipient list selected from the database checking for errors in the e mail addresses that would prevent the e mail from being delivered From this screen it is possible to download the validated recipient list and the list containing recipients who have been rejected If available a sample of the recipient list will appear at the bottom of the screen fip Although initially it may take some assistance from the system administrator or data administrator selecting recipients from a database is a much faster method of defining recipients for a job when compared to uploading a text file Because recipient data comes directly from a database it becomes unnecessary to export the data upload a large text file and parse the file therefore saving time and system resources fip To re use SQL statements or build parameters into SQL statements making them more flexible consider creating and using recipient target groups See Section 4 1 Recipient Target 40 Groups f
302. t settings it is possible to narrow the number of recipients of the current job because they will have had a limited amount of time to react fip Use the time period details screen as a means of measuring the reaction to a time based offer in an e mail message For example a message could contain a link to a discount coupon with an expiration date By setting the time period to the range of time that the coupon is valid it would be possible to collect tracking data on those who clicked on the link within the timeframe so that a follow up could be sent It would also be possible to send a follow up message to those who did not click within the timeframe with another offer or extension 21 Figure 20 Source Details for Reaction to a Previous Job Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Time Period Details Recipient actions will only be considered if they occur in the time period that is specified on this page Start Time v Send time of the original job 0405214 May 21 2004 02 45 PM this time is relative to your local time zone C The following time AAA Format mm dd yyyy hh mm Time is optional If left out 00 00 is used End Time C Send time of the current job The following time os 27 2004 Format mm dd yyyy hh mm 05 27 2004 Time is optional If left out 23 59 is used The given date and time values are relative to this time
303. t that contains the recipient ID The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list ID Column Select y Select the column that contains the unique recipient ID in the box labeled D Column Click Next gt to continue This version is for when anonymous tracking is selected Anonymous tracking is independent of recipient type but columns have to be selected as either anonymous or traceable Traceable columns contain information about individual recipients than can be used to identify them such as name and telephone number Using traceable columns in recipients profiles creates profiles that are not anonymous and could violate recipients privacy Anonymous columns on the other 71 hand contain information about individual recipients that cannot be used to identify them such as gender age or city Using anonymous columns creates recipient profiles that will not identify individual recipients See Section 10 2 3 Recipients Details Reports for more information on running reports from anonymous tracking jobs and downloading demographic information Figure 64 Anonymous Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Type Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Tracking Type Details Anonymous Tracking Anonymous tracking creates and saves a profile of each recipient from column data that cannot be used to ident
304. t the system and the user can correctly identify the columns The header definition used from the previous job becomes the header of the current job If a text file or a database was used to define recipients and additional recipient data was used for mail merging and tracking it is possible to edit the existing headers Editing the headers does not change the original uploaded file or the original job It does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 5 6 1 Merge Fields for more information Figure 22 Recipients Details for Reaction to a Previous Job with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summar Cancel lt Back Next gt y Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that ide
305. ternational Character Set Recipient Names in the Mail TO Header seee e 148 LISTSERV Maestro and Bi Directional Character Sets ssssssssese eene nenne enne nnns 149 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files cccsseecessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseesseeeeeneeeeeesees 150 Appendix D E Mail Related RFEGs e ceci esee een iei s 153 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks eeeeeeeeeee esee eeeeeeeen nennen eene n nenne nnnm nnn rece 154 Syntax for Conditional Bloeks 5 e o o et eoe D tpe e a e e Gel te e t e ib Etude iate ese oh P ee e 154 Nesting ConditiorialBlocks 2 2 endete rte tener preter bcr porre torre sexe taal greed La eDee as naate 156 Conditional Operators isos 156 Testing Conditional BlOCKS E 157 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop InS s sssnsussennsunrennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nannan na 160 Kore loa e ne 160 Unsubscribe URL ette ete RE edet e Te Oe p tete SU cote terio 160 M ltiple Selection Flelds ic cert icut ticas 161 Combining System Drop Ins with Conditional Blocks ooooonccnnnncccnonocicononacanononcnonanonn ene emen eene 166 ie HRS Tello 167 Escaping Quote Characters 10 La qe d alee reheated EE BEP dE d eod eive re LEE RES haee dd edet Heap emacs 169 Appendix G Calculation Formulas c sc c
306. textual listing of the process of creating an e mail job To reach the Summary diagram click on the Summary tab from the Workflow diagram Each area of LISTSERV Maestro is listed in the left column the status of the step is listed in the middle column and an Edit link is listed in the right column Access to each function is obtained by clicking the Edit link After the definition or editing has occurred the account holder will be returned to the Summary diagram to select the next step fip Individual account holders can set their preference for the Job Details screen to open as either the Workflow diagram or the Summary diagram See Section 11 4 Setting User Preferences for more information The third tab at the top of the Job Details screen is called Test Reports This tab will only become active once an e mail job had been completed through the delivery test phase At that point it becomes possible to run quick reports on the test messages containing tracked links for open up and click though events For information on using the Test Reports functions see Section 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job 3 3 Using the Workflow Diagram This flow chart serves as a visual representation of the process of creating a new e mail job Clicking on each icon opens up the interface for defining the components or details of the job As components are defined the next steps for the job become available For example it is not possible to define trac
307. that do not have a name in the field condition is false can have a generic greeting inserted into the message instead Such a conditional block might look like this bb amp fullname Begin block directive Ampersand and column name represents the recipient data to perform the operation on Operator characters that represent the operation performed on the data In this case the conditional expression checks that the value in the fullname column is not equal to an empty string or is not blank O The text to be inserted if the condition is true In this case if there is data in the field fullname it will be inserted here using the merge field to create a line that reads Dear Anne Smith for example else The else directive is inserted to allow a different text to be used if the condition is false In this case if the field fullname has no data another salutation will be used Dear Valued Customer The text to be inserted if the condition is false In this case a generic salutation eb End block directive 155 Nesting Conditional Blocks Conditional blocks can be nested to any depth creating opportunities to insert more than two pieces of text depending on the conditions For example if the second condition is false another variation of the text is inserted and if the third condition is false another variation of the text is inserted and so on An example of a nested condit
308. that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the e mail message The number of recipients is plotted on the y axis and the number of events is plotted on the x axis Two types of sum can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events plots only a single event of each type for each recipient This report will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any 94 event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking For more information on sum of events reports see Section 10 2 2 Sum of Events Report Recipients details Recipients details reports are only available for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the column data from the define recipients file Select the data from the top frame in the table by clicking the Select link In the lower frame click Select All to choose all the columns or Edit to re order and or remove columns Select the file encoding from the drop down menu The data will then be ready to download in the form of a ZIP archive file Click the Download button to begin downloading the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used
309. the submit button of the form The link will appear in the bottom frame 2 Click Track with Alias or Track without Alias Figure 58 Track with or without Alias Selected Link Click the link in the body of the message then click Track with Alias or Track without Alias Target URL http www Jsoft com Alias none Status This link i eing tracked Track with Alias Track without Alias xi 3 For tracking with an alias enter an alias in the text box labeled Define New Alias or select an existing alias from the drop down menu Click OK to save the alias definition The new definition will appear in the right frame 4 Links tracked without an alias will appear in the right frame It is possible to add an alias by clicking Select Link under the URL in the Currently Tracked Links table in the right frame and then following step three 5 To edit or remove a tracked link click Select Link under the URL in the Currently Tracked Links table in the right frame and then click the Edit Alias or Do not track this Link button in the bottom frame Figure 59 Edit Tracked Link Selected Link Target URL http www Jsoft com Alias d d ord ER ATTE E ibas E d Click Edit Alias to change an alias atus is link is bei 7 Seis Click Do not track this Link to remove tracking Edit Alias Do not track this Link y fip Selecting Highlight tracked links will display all
310. the characters must not appear in the actual name of the drop in content element itself For instance if the name of a file to be used as a drop in element were dec header in the default mode the drop in would appear as dec_header It would not be possible to change the open or closed tag to an underscore _ because it appears in the name of the drop in element To include a drop in content element in a message simply type the drop in element s name with the exact spelling and case and surround it with the opening and the closing tags that have been defined For a list of available drop ins click the link Show Merge Fields and Drop Ins at the bottom of the text box on the HTML Code AOL Code Source or Text screen Copy and paste the name of the drop in into the message to ensure the correct name and tags To 47 define a new drop in content element click on the User Settings icon and then select the Drop In Content Elements link Figure 45 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Selected Job October Widget Company Newsletter ID NEWS 020809A This list contains all available merge fields and drop ins for the selected job Available merge fields To use one of these fields in your mail content please select the value copy it and 2 paste it into your mail Please use the Refresh link to update the list if you have selected another job
311. the first set is a subset of the second set The first set is a subset of the second set if the first set is fully contained in the second set all elements from the first set also are in the second set Note If two sets are equal then the subset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial subsets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is smaller than the second set gt Superset Checks if the first set is a superset of the second set The first set is a superset of the second set if the first set contains the entire second set all elements from the second set also are in the first set Note If two sets are equal then the superset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial supersets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is larger than the second set 164 8 Intersection Checks if there is a non empty intersection between the first and the second set A non empty intersection exists if at least one element of the first set also appears in the second set It does not matter how many elements appear in both sets as long as at least one appears in both the intersection is non empty and the check will result in true In other words the check is true if at least one element appears in the first set and in the second set Replace COMPARE_SET
312. the job the job will be sent Dec 17 2003 11 24 AM The job will also start a new auto repeat sequence and will automatically authorize and deliver a copy of itself every 2 weeks after the first delivery until Dec 31 2004 12 01 PM Note A job is defined as changed since authorization was revoked if the recipients definition content definition tracking definition or sender definition of the job has changed since the delivery authorization was revoked If these four parts remained unchanged the job is interpreted as unchanged Changes on the Delivery Test or Schedule Delivery screens are not interpreted as changes to the job Section 8 Outbox The Outbox is a repository of e mail jobs that have been approved for final delivery but have not reached their targeted delivery date are in the process of being delivered or have encountered a problem during delivery Open the Outbox by clicking on the Outbox icon from the opening screen or the side navigation bar Jobs in the Outbox can be edited if they are not being processed or have not reached the scheduled delivery date and time Scheduled delivery time 87 is always shown relative to the local time of the user If a job is edited from the Outbox it is subject to re testing and re authorization before it can be delivered Figure 75 Outbox Outbox All jobs that have been authorized for delivery for your account It contains jobs that e are authorized and sched
313. the parsing is accurate with each column of data separated correctly and labeled with a header row 4 5 3 1 Parse Recipients Manually If LISTSERV Maestro has not interpreted the data correctly or an unconventional delimiter and or quote character has been used click on the link Specify details manually to configure the data manually Use the Specify details manually link when the delimiter separator character or the quote character is used in some of the data fields For example if the NAME field contained Tom the cool cat Jones as an entry and double quotes was the quote character for the file the details would have to be specified manually The same would be true if a field named LOCATION contained the entry Atlanta GA where the comma was the separator character 29 Figure 27 Define Recipients for Uploaded Text File Specify Details Manually Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Parse Recipients The uploaded source file needs to be interpreted correctly before being usable as a recipients list The preview below shows the result of the parsing performed using the settings specified on this page Character Encoding Column Separator and Quote Character Specify how the columns in the file are separated Columns are separated by Comma y Specify if and how the columns in the file are additionally enclosed Columns are not enclosed by a quote character
314. the scheduled sending time The next steps are to define the column that identifies the e mail address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if desired The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 4 6 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk e mail If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option button is selected columns from the database can be used in the e mail message to create personalized messages These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks 38 Figure 35 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Retinie Canl Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipiente file into columns Select tho columns in the recipient data containing the e mail addross and namo Usage of Recipients Dato Use addtional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore No m Recipient Identification Columns Select tho columns that identify the re
315. ther has a value of usr317 each would receive an e mail message with different URLs like this http host domain path visitorlID usrl5 amp page home or http host domain path visitorID usr317 amp page home By employing LISTSERV Maestro s mail merging features it is possible to insert URLs that contain constant and individual parameters for each recipient into e mail messages LISTSERV Maestro is able to track all of these URLs if they are marked for tracking As a result if a URL that contains a merged parameter is selected for tracking LISTSERV Maestro will count all clicks of all recipients on this URL and each recipient will be directed to the actual URL using his or her own individual parameter For example the imaginary URL below is selected for tracking http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home In the e mail messages that are sent out the URL is replaced by a special tracking URL that points to the server running the Maestro Tracker component so that LISTSERV Maestro can 59 count each click on the URL and then redirect to the actual target URL The user with the ID usr15 would have the URL in the mail look something like this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x visitorID usrl5 amp page home Each user that clicks on this tracking URL will be counted and will be redirected to the actual target URL using the URL parameters for that user
316. there is no defined alias this field will be empty FULL JOB ID The full Job ID including the User Prefix of the job that triggered the event AGENT The user agent string transmitted by the client software of the recipient who triggered the event 123 10 6 2 Edit Report Create Report with This as Template To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of the quick report Type in a title for the report and then click Save 8 Execute to save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 7 Using the Excel Add In The statistics downloaded from LISTSERV Maestro are in CSV format This data from reports of the types Event Distribution and Sum of Events can easily be imported into Microsoft Excel in order to cre
317. til Aug 26 2002 03 07 00 PM al 83 8 10 6 1 Download in Events Details Report Data Select the data source from the top frame by clicking the Select link The currently selected data source will appear in the lower frame Select the time zone from the top drop down menu 122 and the file encoding from the bottom drop down menu Click the Download button to download the raw data to a local drive The downloaded data CVS file contains comma separated and quoted lt gt tabular data with the following columns EVENT TYPE The date and time to the second when the event was triggered RECIPIENT ID ID of the recipient who triggered the event If the tracking type is personal then the RECIPIENT ID will be the actual ID of the recipient as defined by the account holder in the recipients wizard If the tracking type is anonymous this field will contain a 1 based integer number which is an internal identifier of the anonymous profile that matches the recipient who triggered the event This number cannot be used to identify an individual recipient who triggered an event but can be used to determine if two events were triggered by a recipient with the same anonymous profile the same number will be used This number is also used internally in the Recipients Details report to download the profiles that triggered certain events If the tracking type is unique this field will contain a O based inte
318. tion 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details Blind tracking is always available for every recipient type The table below summarizes the types of tracking available based on the way the recipients are defined Table 3 Types of Tracking Available Based on Recipient Definition Recipients defined from Types of tracking available Blind Unique Anonymous Personal Uploaded text file with non identifying fields X X X X with only identifiable fields X X X Database Connected to LISTSERV Maestro with non identifying fields X X X X with only identifying fields X X X LISTSERY list Standard list message X Special list message X X X LISTSERV connected database X X X Based on a previous job X X X X 69 Figure 61 Selecting Tracking Type Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Tracking Type C Personal Tracking Records open up and click through events traceable to the individual who triggered them Very specific information can be gathered about an individuals interaction with a message such as how many times a link has been clicked This data can be related to personal information on the individuals being tracked C Anonymous Tracking The collected tracking data can be traced to specific individuals but those individuals are associated with an anonymous profile where no identifiable data is connected to them bu
319. tional recipient data for mail merging and tracking is selected under Usage of Hecipients Data it becomes possible to edit the headers of the file Editing the headers does not change the original uploaded file It does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 5 6 1 Merge Fields for more information Header labels are limited to upper and lower case letters the numbers 0 9 and the underscore Any illegal characters in the headers will have to be changed before proceeding Before continuing to the next screen remember to specify the E mail Column and the Name Column using the drop down menus 33 4 5 5 Summary The last page of the define recipients wizard Summary shows all of the recipient list selections for the job LISTSERV Maestro will validate the recipient list data file checking for errors in the e mail addresses that would prevent the e mail from being delivered From this screen it is possible to download the validated recipient list and the list containing recipients who have been rejected If available a sample of the recipient list will appear at the bottom of the screen Figure 30 Recipient Summary
320. to avoid complications for the recipients Any invalid links will be counted as errors and will be reported in the Load Results dialog box LISTSERV Maestro will continue uploading the HTML file even if it contains link errors if Yes is clicked The error report is only a warning to remind the user that there are currently problems but the upload is not suspended The reason that uploads are not halted when the HTML contains errors is that the linked files simply may not be available yet Sometimes referenced web sites are under development or are being updated as the e mail message is being created Once the linked site is complete the message will be valid and can be sent out Table 2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Linked and Embedded Files Advantages Disadvantages Linked Smaller message size Recipients must have a live Internet tien Mail servers will most likely not connectan refuse a small message Some firewalls strip HTML content linking to Links can be tracked outside sources Image server must be available Drop in content can be used 9 Embedded No image server needed Large message size tss Firewall will not strip content Some mail servers may refuse or delete Visible without a live Internet large messages connection Fewer links to track Drop in content can be used fip Make clicking each link for linked files a part of the testing procedure For more information on testing an e mail job se
321. tro will register each time a recipient clicks on a link in the message and will log each event together with date time and recipient information who clicked the link Only those links that are specified in the e mail body will be tracked To specify which links to track click Define Tracking URLs 62 Figure 56 Tracking Definition Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Tracking Details Open Up Tracking Check the box to enable open up MV Yes enable open up tracking for this job E tracking for HTML messages Click Through Tracking The following URLs from the mail body are currently registered for tracking Use this shortcut No Links registered for tracking to select all links in the message for Define Tracking URLs tracking Use this button to open the tracking definition page to select specific links for tracking and to assign link aliases When clicked the Track All Links shortcut will automatically register all links in the message for tracking The Next gt button will become active and it is possible to continue to the next screen in the wizard This shortcut will not assign link aliases a means to name links for easier identification in reports See Section 6 3 2 About Link Aliases for more information Use the Define Tracking URLs button to select some links for tracking and assign aliases Once links are registered
322. ts The fields can also be used for determining the selection criteria to send targeted e mail to a subset of a list For example when sending an e mail message to the Animal Anecdotes list above the LISTSERV Maestro user can target the message to be sent to only those subscribers who indicated an interest in the animals mentioned in the message Lookup Tables The Recipient Warehouse also holds Lookup Tables defined by the Data Administrator The Lookup Tables provide lists of values used in the selection fields Selection fields are special types of data fields where the subscriber selects values from a drop down menu instead of typing in freeform text In the above example the Data Administrator could create a Lookup Table with all the different types of animals that the list messages will cover There are two types of selection fields the single select field allows the subscriber to choose only one value and the multiple select field allows the subscriber to choose any number of values Lists Two types of Hosted lists can be created in the Recipients Warehouse e Hosted Recipient Lists e Hosted LISTSERV Lists The Hosted Recipient Lists are best for announcement only lists that will be segmented in different target groups and that do not require extra features handled by LISTSERV A special interface is available for defining target groups that guides the user step by step without requiring any SQL kn
323. tting the hour of delivery check to make sure that the source of the weather forecast drop in is updated before the hour of the delivery time After the initial authorization of that first job the mail would automatically go out at the scheduled hour each day with a different forecast as pulled from the web server source by the drop in each day 7 4 3 5 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures If delivery of an auto repeat job fails for any reason the failure is handled differently than with normal jobs A failed auto repeat job is marked failed as usual only it is automatically closed and transferred into the list of delivered jobs just as if it had been manually closed as a failed normal job If the end condition for the auto repeat has not yet been met a new copy is created and authorized for delivery after the corresponding delay interval just as if the delivery of the previous job had not failed See Section 8 Outbox for more information on delivery failures Important Note No recipients found is a valid reason for a delivery failure However in the context of auto repeat jobs this may actually be an acceptable state if there are no recipients to fit the conditions of the job In the dynamic recipients example a message was supposed to be delivered to all recipients with a negative account balance on the first of each month If in a given month there are no recipients with a negative account balance no mail would be sent out for that
324. type text depending on their context and content see the Type Determination below for details 172 Usage Optional merge fields are fields that may be undefined empty for at least some recipients in the recipient list Recipients with a blank field would not have the result of the calculation formula displayed in their content An optional merge field expression is written in the following way amp FIELD NAME DEFAULT The whole expression is enclosed in brackets and Between the brackets first type the name of the merge field being addressed enclosed with and Next type the default that will be used for all recipients where the merge field itself is undefined The default that is replaced by DEFAULT as shown above must be a constant number or a constant text literal Examples amp NAME no name amp NAME amp STATE n a amp ACCOUNT BALANCE 0 Note the second example defines an empty text as the default for NAME Type Determination Whenever any such merge field appears in a formula it will first be replaced with the field value for the current recipient or if that value is undefined or empty it will be replaced with the given default Then the result of the formula is calculated for that recipient To be able to do this calculation the expression s type is determined just like for standard merge field expressi
325. ude at least one merge field from the recipient data so that the condition acts like a variable whose true false result is different for those recipients receiving each of the different message formats Conditional Content Settings for AOL Conditional Content Settings Enable or disable conditional content delivery for the job The current content definition contains HTML with AOL format and plain text alternatives Please define which content type shall be sent to which recipients C Disable conditional content Send multipart HTML with alternatives to all recipients Enable conditional content Send different contents depending on recipient settings e Send HTML content with a plain text alternative only to recipients that meet the following condition senail type h e Send content in AOL format only to recipients that do not meet the condition above but that do meet the following condition amp email type a e Send plain text content to all other recipients OK Cancel There are three possible situations that conditions can be used to deliver the message format preferred by individual recipients an HTML message with a text alternative an HTML message with an AOL formatted alternative and an HTML message with both a text alternative and an AOL alternative e HTML content with plain text alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content Ifa recipient fulfills the
326. ue of CURRENT_POINTS there are four groups of customers e Those not eligible for either a watch or a camera 0 299 e Those eligible only for a camera 300 499 e Those eligible for a watch or a camera 500 799 e Those eligible for both 800 In combination with LISTSERV s conditional blocks the following personalized content can be created to address each of the four groups and add the point balances for each individual BB amp CURRENT POINTS gt 800 Content for recipients eligible for both a watch and camera Congratulations You have already collected amp CURRENT POINTS points This means you are eligible to receive both a free watch and digital camera Pick up your gifts at your nearest SuperMarket and don t forget to bring your bonus card with you After collecting your gifts you ll still have Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 800 points left ELSE BB amp CURRENT POINTS gt 500 Content for recipients eligible for widget or trinket Congratulations With your CURRENT POINTS point balance you are eligible for a free watch which will leave you with Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 300 points remaining You also qualify for a free digital camera which will leave you with Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 500 points remaining ELSE 168 BB amp CURRENT_POINTS gt 300 Content for recipients eligible for widget only You
327. uled for future processing are currently being processed Y were processed previously but failed to succeed Click on the Jab ID to see details about the selected job Job Title Mail Type Date Time of Sending 0409010 No seminar reminder HTML Nov 11 2004 01 00 00 AM E 0408138 Back to school sale HTML Sep 15 2004 12 00 00 PM 0407144 Monthly sales meeting HTML Oct 1 2004 01 30 004M E 040712D Halloween sale HTML Oct 15 2004 12 00 00 PM Q3 0407114 Monthly HR meeting HTML Sep 1 2004 01 30 00 AM x Jobs in the Outbox exist in three states represented by different icons A clock icon represents jobs that are authorized for delivery and awaiting a future delivery time Click on the Job ID to open the Outbox Job Details screen for a particular job It is possible to rescind the delivery authorization status by clicking on the Revoke Send Authorization button Click the View link adjacent to each of the job details to review the selections It is not possible to edit any selection until the send authorization is revoked At that point the job is removed from the Outbox and once again put into the list of Undelivered Jobs just as if it had never been authorized It now is possible to edit the job details from the Workflow or Summary screen Depending on what steps are edited other steps may have to be revisited and delivery authorization may have to be given again A yellow arrows icon represents jobs that are currently bei
328. ur Monthly Newsletter from Widget Company HTML condition amp email type 1 Dear amp FULLNAME Click to select content from another Existing Job Selet E b Undelivered Jobs 020225E listing 020225D recipients3 a jo Outbox 020225C recipients2 020222E jeff Delivered Jobs NEWS 0208084 Widget Company September Newsletter 0208058 August Newsletter hd OK Cancel Drop in content is enabled for this job HTML formatted message with a plain text alternative Click on the tabs at the Thank you for your continued interest in the Widget Company It is our pleasure to announce the new product line for Fall of 2004 You will be delighted with all the new features and ease of use To get a sneak peek visit www widgets com To place an advance order point your browser to top to toggle between message parts van order widgets now com Recall Update We wanted to remind all our customers who purchased the Cle product to 123 Oak Street Brookeville MD 20833 We will send you a new Super Clean Air Machine immediately New Contact Address the Widget Company please send correspondance to 987 Maple Ave Olney MD 20830 Or call us at 301 555 1212 Upload HTML Download HTML 5 1 Drop In Content amp MODELNO that the recall is still in effect To receive your new product please ship the old We have relocated to a large
329. ust content from L Soft international inc is checked the grant dialog box will not re appear for future uploads If this box is not checked it will be necessary to grant permission to use the applet every time HTML files are uploaded in a new browser session Another dialogue box will appear to browse for the file Select the file to upload and click OK If there are any image files that are linked remotely or embedded from local files a dialogue box will appear listing each and asking whether to proceed with the upload Click Yes The HTML message will then appear in the HTML box 1 Click Upload HTML from the Define Content screen 2 Grant permission to install and run HTML Upload Applet for the first time only Check the box Always trust content from L Soft International to prevent the dialog box from re appearing 49 Figure 46 Grant Permission to Install Applet Securily Warning x Do you want t5 install and tun HTML Uploac Applet signed on 9 27 01 12 39 PM and distributed ay Soft intemational inc Publisher autbenticity verified by VeriSign Commercial Software Publishers CA Caution L Solt international inc asserts that this content is safe Yu should only install view this content if you trust L Soft international inc to make that assertion SIGNED WITH PERMISSIONS Full Permissions Always trust concent from L Soft international inc Morelnfo 3 Browse a local drive for t
330. ve it using the Save Statistic File dialog box After the file had been saved a message will appear saying the data has been successfully imported and saved as an Excel Workbook Click OK to close the message The new workbook has two sheets The first sheet shows the imported tracking data in chart form Figure 112 Example Excel Graph Event Distribution Over Time IE cle Lk wem pomt rone Im Chat Whedon Deb lel Ddo anf imaj arren s mr sidszie mEd4 A gt M4 b ro bem Sotto Cnet Tre Sates tate la pr Ready 127 The second sheet contains a value table with the downloaded tracking data Figure 113 Example Excel Data Table ES ocroti tech chrtnbutertiepert 0215 GR the M yes t Fut Tes Qa Medos pe X Ose SAF the ere Otis os esr Eee 8 5 A 7 gt e T 001 2147 080006 Net 16 008 m 98 gt w MO gt XS o X4 gt We gt We gt Nm gt We gt xe gt r 0 0 t 1 0 e PIT 1700 08 2001 41 47 1 000 i EE 2 ALESI o mo 0 0 0 t 0 t D t D t D 20 05 10 900 3061 01 80 11 420 To 4 4 K Yang Susi Ct y Treceing S twi Doha Roady It is now possible to use all the regular Excel features to edit and adjust both the graph and the data table 10 7 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add in If there is an existing ImportTrackerStatistics xla file from an earlier version
331. ve the ad but will receive another general advertisement This type of system drop in is based upon comparing two sets The first set of items is taken from the multiple selection list and the second set of items is created by the user The two sets two groups of items can then be compared using four different operators to see what relationship they have to one another The outcome of this comparison can be either true or false and will determine which content is dropped into which message The name of this version of drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi not FIELD NAME OP COMPARE SET TRUE_TEXT FALSE TEXT The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags Note that the brackets around the word not are not part of the syntax but are used to denoted that the word not itself is optional meaning that it can be included without brackets or not Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field The content of this field for any given subscriber defines the content of the first set of the comparison Replace op with the set operator you want to employ for the comparison Available operators are without the quotes Equality Checks if the two sets are equal Two sets are equal only if they contain exactly the same elements lt Subset Checks if
332. with each other on the Internet Understanding the rules is often helpful for understanding and troubleshooting problems See Appendix D for links to various RFCs Select Statement A SQL statement in form of a query that is issued to a database to retrieve data Separator Character A character or symbol used to separate one item from another In databases commas are often used as separator characters SQL SQL stands for Structured Query Language It is a language used to create maintain and query relational databases SQL uses regular English words for many of its commands making it easy to use It is often embedded within other programming languages URL URL stands for Uniform Resource Locator formerly Universal Resource Locator URLs are Internet addresses that tell browser programs where to find Internet resources The URL for L Soft is http www Isoft com 143 Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table Use the table to convert conventional AM and PM times to LISTSERV Maestro compatible format 1 00 AM equals 01 00 2 00 AM equals 02 00 3 00 AM equals 03 00 4 00 AM equals 04 00 5 00 AM equals 05 00 6 00 AM equals 06 00 7 00 AM equals 07 00 8 00 AM equals 08 00 9 00 AM equals 09 00 10 00 AM equals 10 00 11 00 AM equals 11 00 12 00 PM equals 12 00 1 00 PM equals 13 00 2 00 PM equals 14 00 3 00 PM equals 15 00 4 00 PM e
333. with the second set of the comparison Specify this set as a comma separated list of all values in the set Each value must be enclosed within quotation marks lt gt Type the textual names of those choices from the multiple selection field column specified in FIELD_NAME that are to be part of the second set Enclose each name individually in quotes and use commas to separate the values if there is more than one Replace TRUE_TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a true match and replace FALSE_TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a false match If the quote character lt gt appears in the text of either field it must be escaped To escape the quote character use it twice in a row For example to send a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations to all those subscribers who selected surfing as one of their hobbies in the multiple selection field HOBBIES in a mail job going out to all hobbyists the system drop in would appear like this Multi HOBBIES amp surfing Follow your dreams and ride the big curl in Hawaii See your travel agent today and mention this e mail offer for a 10 discount on hotel rates on the Sheraton on Waikiki Visit your local Hobby Master store today Check here for the nearest one http www hobbymaster com j Some scenarios that can be used
334. xpressed as a number datevalue Type Number The date time value to format Must contain the desired date time represented as milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT for example from the output of the functions CurrentMillis SubscribeTimeMill is and ToMillis formatpattern Type Text Specifies the format pattern to use to convert the milliseconds value in datevalue into the formatted representation 181 Arguments The following arguments are optional Either you supply no further argument at all Or you supply only the following argument localename Type Text A name of a predefined locale See section 0 for a list of available locale names If specified any locale specific text in the formatted date time representation will be given according to this locale Or you supply both the following two arguments langcode Type Text A lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale See for example http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for a list of the ISO 639 language codes countrycode Type Text An uppercase two letter ISO 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale See for example http userpage chemie fu berlin de diverse doc ISO 3166 html for a list of the ISO 3316 country codes If langcode and count rycode are specified they are used to create a locale f
335. y if it is a large job being distributed to many recipients or a message containing a large amount of data Large jobs take up a lot of server time and space and affect many e mail hosts and individual recipients Sending out a less than perfect message can create a very negative reaction among recipients and damage an institution s credibility and reputation As a safeguard LISTSERV Maestro will not authorize an e mail job to be delivered before a test of the job has been sent out and approved LISTSERV Maestro will allow the user to use a previously entered group of test recipients upload and download test recipient lists or type in test recipient names and addresses The test interface displays a table for entering test data Each row represents a test recipient The columns displayed depend on the columns that were defined in the recipient definition stage of the job 75 Valid Internet e mail addresses are necessary for all the fields in the column that is specified as the e mail column The test messages will be sent to these addresses This works very similarly to the define recipients functions The subject line for a test message can be changed Changing the test subject line will not affect the subject line of the final message The optional test line allows the user to enter a line of text that will appear above the body of the message when it is delivered Use this to recognize test messages and different versions of test message
336. y selecting the latest copy located in the Outbox awaiting delivery and revoking its delivery authorization Repeat until the following threshold time With this option specify the threshold date and time to stop the auto repeat sequence After each delivery a new auto repeat copy is created and authorized only if its designated delivery time the time of the previous delivery plus the specified interval is not later than the date and time specified here Figure 71 Advanced Scheduling Options Schedule Delivery Supply Scheduling Information C Deliver immediately when authorized Deliver at the following time Date mm dd yvyy Time hh mm Advanced Scheduling Options Deliver only once Do not auto repeat If the system is down at the scheduled delivery time delivery will commence immediately after the next system restart Auto repeat delivery of this job If the system is down at a given delivery time no delivery will happen at that time After system restart delivery will commence at the next delivery time according to the repeat schedule or the job will be failed if the delivery threshold time has been reached Delay interval between repeated deliveries 0 Days y C Repeatuntil stopped manually Days s Ww Repeat until the following threshold time M Date mm dd yvyy Time hh mm Advanced scheduling options are enabled Click to disable Time zone to be applied to the dates
337. ype include e Result Calculation Defines how the number of events is calculated There are three choices Total number of events Displays the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted the resulting line length will be 123 Percentage of the total number of messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if 150 events have been counted then the line length will be 5096 because 150 is 50 of 300 107 o Percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if 150 events have been counted then the line length will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 e Unique or Total Events Selects the type of events to include in the report o Count only events unique for each recipient Plots only a single event of each type for each recipient Recommended when one of the percentage result calculations has been selected This chart will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Count all events Plots all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tra
338. ype of data downloaded such as distributionReport txt or uniqueSumReport txt contains the data that will be imported into Excel Start Excel and click on the Visualize Tracking Statistics button in the toolbar it looks like two small footprints see the diagram above The Visualizing Tracker Statistics import dialog box will open Select the mport and convert a downloaded tracking data file option button to create a new workbook and generate a chart based on the downloaded tracking data Select the Convert the current worksheet option button to create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet 126 Figure 111 Using Tracker Add In with Excel Import Dialog Box LISTSERY Maestro Eg Visualize Tracking Statistics Select one of the following options to visualize LISTSERV Maestro tracking data as an Excel chart Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file Let Excel create a new workbook with the data from a previously downloaded tracking data flle and generate a chart from the imported values C Convert the current worksheet Let Excel create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet ca Click the Start button A file selection box will open Navigate to the t xt file with the tracking data previously downloaded and open this file Excel will automatically open a new workbook Once the workbook has been created successfully sa
339. zone GMT 00 00 GMT without daylight saving time adjustments Select an option button for the Start Time Use the original job s send time or enter in another date Select an option button for the End Time Use the new job s send time or enter in another date Select the time zone that the time values are relative to from the drop down menu This selection is only necessary if the start and end times have been input and are not the original or current jobs times Click Next gt to continue 4 3 4 Recipient Details Once LISTSERV Maestro can successfully separate the recipient data into columns or otherwise quantify the data the next steps are to define the column that identifies the e mail address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if necessary The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 4 3 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk e mail If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option button is selected columns from the text file or database can be used in the e mail message to create personalized messages These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tr

LISTSERV Maestro 2.0 User Manual - L

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents